[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201732002A - Composite film for forming a protective film - Google Patents

Composite film for forming a protective film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201732002A
TW201732002A TW105140850A TW105140850A TW201732002A TW 201732002 A TW201732002 A TW 201732002A TW 105140850 A TW105140850 A TW 105140850A TW 105140850 A TW105140850 A TW 105140850A TW 201732002 A TW201732002 A TW 201732002A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
protective film
forming
film
acrylate
meth
Prior art date
Application number
TW105140850A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI783920B (en
Inventor
佐伯尚哉
佐佐木遼
米山裕之
山本大輔
Original Assignee
琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW201732002A publication Critical patent/TW201732002A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI783920B publication Critical patent/TWI783920B/en

Links

Classifications

    • H10W74/00
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • H10W99/00
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/10Coating on the layer surface on synthetic resin layer or on natural or synthetic rubber layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/26Polymeric coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/50Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
    • B32B2307/538Roughness
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/70Other properties
    • B32B2307/748Releasability

Landscapes

  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)
  • Physical Vapour Deposition (AREA)

Abstract

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片具備支持片,於支持片的一方的表面上具備保護膜形成用膜,於前述支持片中的與具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側為相反側的表面上具備塗層;前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra小於前述支持片中的具備前述塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra。The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention comprises a support sheet, and a film for forming a protective film is provided on one surface of the support sheet, and is on a surface opposite to the side of the support sheet having the film for forming a protective film. A coating layer is provided; a surface roughness Ra of a surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet in the coating layer is smaller than a surface roughness Ra of a surface of the support sheet on the side having the coating layer.

Description

保護膜形成用複合片 Composite film for forming a protective film

本發明係關於一種保護膜形成用複合片,用以於半導體晶片的背面形成保護膜。 The present invention relates to a composite sheet for forming a protective film for forming a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer.

本申請案主張基於2016年3月4日在日本提出申請之日本特願2016-042689號的優先權,並將該申請案的內容引用至本文中。 The present application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-042689, filed on Jan.

近年來,業界使用稱為所謂的倒裝(face down)方式之安裝方法製造半導體裝置。倒裝方式中,使用於電路面上具有凸塊等電極之半導體晶片,將前述電極與基板接合。因此,有時晶片中的與電路面為相反側的背面裸露。 In recent years, the industry has manufactured semiconductor devices using a mounting method called a so-called face down method. In the flip chip method, a semiconductor wafer having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to the substrate. Therefore, sometimes the back surface of the wafer opposite to the circuit surface is exposed.

有時於該裸露之晶片背面形成由有機材料構成之樹脂膜作為保護膜,以附有保護膜之半導體晶片之形式組入至半導體裝置中。保護膜係用以防止在切割步驟或封裝之後晶片產生龜裂。 A resin film made of an organic material is sometimes formed as a protective film on the back surface of the bare wafer, and incorporated into the semiconductor device in the form of a semiconductor wafer with a protective film. The protective film is used to prevent cracking of the wafer after the cutting step or packaging.

形成此種保護膜時,使用於支持片上具備保護膜形成 用膜之保護膜形成用複合片。作為前述支持片,例如使用樹脂製基材或基材及黏著劑層等之積層結構體,有時亦對前述基材之保護膜形成用膜或黏著劑層等之積層面進行表面處理。前述保護膜形成用複合片中,保護膜形成用膜具有形成保護膜之功能,並且支持片能夠發揮作為切割片(dicing sheet)之功能,可謂為保護膜形成用膜與切割片形成為一體之保護膜形成用複合片。 When such a protective film is formed, it is used to form a protective film on the support sheet. A composite sheet for forming a protective film of a film. As the support sheet, for example, a resin substrate or a laminate structure such as a substrate or an adhesive layer may be used, and the surface layer of the film for forming a protective film or the adhesive layer of the substrate may be subjected to surface treatment. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the film for forming a protective film has a function of forming a protective film, and the support sheet can function as a dicing sheet, and the film for forming a protective film is integrally formed with the dicing sheet. A composite sheet for forming a protective film.

通常,用於支持片之加工前之前述基材的單面或雙面具有凹凸形狀。原因在於,若不具有此種凹凸形狀,則將基材捲取成輥(roll)時,基材彼此之接觸面黏附而產生黏連(blocking),因而使用困難。若基材彼此之接觸面中至少一者具有凹凸形狀,則接觸面的面積變小,因此黏連得到抑制。 Generally, the one or both sides of the aforementioned substrate before the processing for supporting the sheet have a concavo-convex shape. The reason is that if such a concavo-convex shape is not obtained, when the substrate is wound into a roll, the contact faces of the substrates adhere to each other to cause blocking, which is difficult to use. When at least one of the contact faces of the substrates has an uneven shape, the area of the contact faces becomes small, and thus the adhesion is suppressed.

典型而言,使用此種具有凹凸面之基材之以往之保護膜形成用複合片具有如圖4所示之構成。圖4係以示意方式表示以往之保護膜形成用複合片的一例之剖面圖。再者,以下之說明所使用之圖式中,例如為了易於理解保護膜形成用複合片之特徵,方便起見,有時將成為主要部分之部分放大表示,而並不限於各構成要素的尺寸比率等與實際相同。 The conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film using such a substrate having an uneven surface has a configuration as shown in Fig. 4 . Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film. In the drawings used in the following description, for example, in order to facilitate the understanding of the characteristics of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, it is convenient to show a part which is a main part, and is not limited to the size of each constituent element. The ratio and the like are the same as the actual ones.

此處所示之以往之保護膜形成用複合片9於支持片 90上具備保護膜形成用膜13,支持片90由基材91及黏著劑層12之積層結構體構成,於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜13。保護膜形成用膜13藉由硬化而成為保護膜。保護膜形成用複合片9進一步於保護膜形成用膜13上具備剝離膜15,於使用保護膜形成用複合片9時將剝離膜15移除。保護膜形成用複合片9中,支持片90中的與具備保護膜形成用膜13之面(表面)90a為相反側的面(背面)90b,亦即基材91中的與具備黏著劑層12之面(表面)91a為相反側的面(背面)91b成為凹凸面。保護膜形成用複合片9藉由如此般使基材91的背面91b成為凹凸面,在捲取成輥時,黏連得到抑制。亦即,積層之保護膜形成用複合片9彼此之黏附得到抑制,更具體而言基材91的背面91b與剝離膜15的露出面(表面)15a之黏附得到抑制。 The conventional protective film forming composite sheet 9 shown here is a support sheet. 90 is provided with a film 13 for forming a protective film, and the support sheet 90 is composed of a laminated structure of the substrate 91 and the adhesive layer 12, and a film 13 for forming a protective film is provided on the adhesive layer 12. The film 13 for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film. The protective film forming composite sheet 9 further includes a release film 15 on the protective film forming film 13 and removes the release film 15 when the protective film forming composite sheet 9 is used. In the composite sheet 9 for forming a protective film, the surface (back surface) 90b of the support sheet 90 opposite to the surface (surface) 90a including the film for forming a protective film, that is, the adhesive layer is provided in the substrate 91. The surface (back surface) 91b on the opposite side (surface) 91a of 12 is an uneven surface. The composite sheet 9 for forming a protective film has the back surface 91b of the substrate 91 as an uneven surface as described above, and the adhesion is suppressed when the roll is wound into a roll. In other words, the adhesion of the laminated protective film forming composite sheets 9 to each other is suppressed, and more specifically, the adhesion of the back surface 91b of the substrate 91 to the exposed surface (surface) 15a of the release film 15 is suppressed.

另一方面,對於保護膜形成用複合片,有時對由保護膜形成用膜形成之保護膜之支持片側的面,藉由照射雷射光進行印字(以下,有時稱為「雷射印字」)。雷射印字時,自支持片的形成有保護膜之側的相反側照射。此時,例如於保護膜形成用複合片9之情形時,自基材91的背面91b側透過支持片90對保護膜照射雷射光,但由於基材91的背面91b為凹凸面,故而於該凹凸面上光會發生漫反射,而存在雷射印字不清晰之問題。 On the other hand, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the surface of the protective sheet formed of the protective film forming film may be printed by irradiating laser light (hereinafter, referred to as "laser printing"). ). In the case of laser printing, the support sheet is irradiated on the opposite side to the side on which the protective film is formed. In this case, for example, in the case of the composite sheet 9 for forming a protective film, the protective film is irradiated with the laser light from the back surface 91b side of the substrate 91 through the support sheet 90. However, since the back surface 91b of the substrate 91 is an uneven surface, The diffuse surface will be diffusely reflected, and there is a problem that the laser printing is not clear.

作為可防止此種光之漫反射之保護膜形成用複合片,已知有具有如圖5所示之構成之保護膜形成用複合片8(例如,參照專利文獻1)。圖5係以示意方式表示以往之保護膜形成用複合片的另一例之剖面圖。 As a composite sheet for forming a protective film which can prevent such a light from being diffused and reflected, a composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film having a structure as shown in Fig. 5 is known (for example, see Patent Document 1). Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing another example of a conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film.

此處所示之以往之保護膜形成用複合片8與保護膜形成用複合片9同樣地,於支持片80上具備保護膜形成用膜13,支持片80由基材81及黏著劑層12之積層結構體構成,於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜13。但是,支持片80中,基材81的凹凸面之配置與支持片90中的基材91相反。亦即,保護膜形成用複合片8中,基材81中的具備黏著劑層12的面(表面)81a成為凹凸面,基材81中的與表面81a為相反側的面(背面)81b成為平滑面。支持片80中的基材81、保護膜形成用膜13及剝離膜15分別與支持片90中的基材91、保護膜形成用膜13及剝離膜15相同。 In the conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film 8 as shown here, a protective film forming film 13 is provided on the support sheet 80 in the same manner as the composite sheet 9 for forming a protective film, and the support sheet 80 is composed of a base material 81 and an adhesive layer 12. The laminated structure is configured to include a film 13 for forming a protective film on the adhesive layer 12. However, in the support sheet 80, the arrangement of the uneven surface of the substrate 81 is opposite to the substrate 91 in the support sheet 90. In the composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film, the surface (surface) 81a having the adhesive layer 12 in the base material 81 is an uneven surface, and the surface (back surface) 81b of the base material 81 opposite to the surface 81a is formed. Smooth surface. The base material 81, the protective film formation film 13, and the release film 15 in the support sheet 80 are the same as the base material 91, the protective film formation film 13, and the release film 15 in the support sheet 90, respectively.

但是,於保護膜形成用複合片8之情形時,基材81的背面81b亦即支持片80中的與具備黏著劑層12之面(表面)80a為相反側的面(背面)80b成為平滑面,將保護膜形成用複合片8捲取成輥時,無法抑制基材81的背面81b與剝離膜15的露出面(表面)15a之黏附亦即黏連。若產生黏連,則會於保護膜形成用複合片8產生褶皺,將保護膜形成用複合片8自輥捲出時,剝離膜15自保護膜形成用 膜13剝離。再者,為了消除凹凸形狀,黏著劑層12必須於基材81的表面81a上具有充分的厚度。若黏著劑層12的厚度不充分,則存在如下問題:反映基材81的凹凸形狀而使保護膜形成用膜13之支持片80側的面(背面)13b具有凹凸形狀,由此種保護膜形成用膜13形成之保護膜之支持片側的面所被施加之雷射印字不清晰。 However, in the case of the composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film, the back surface 81b of the base material 81, that is, the surface (back surface) 80b of the support sheet 80 opposite to the surface (surface) 80a having the adhesive layer 12 is smoothed. When the composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film is wound into a roll, the adhesion of the back surface 81b of the base material 81 to the exposed surface (surface) 15a of the release film 15 cannot be suppressed. When the adhesion occurs, wrinkles are formed in the composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film, and when the composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film is wound up from a roll, the release film 15 is formed from a protective film. The film 13 is peeled off. Further, in order to eliminate the uneven shape, the adhesive layer 12 must have a sufficient thickness on the surface 81a of the substrate 81. When the thickness of the adhesive layer 12 is insufficient, the surface (back surface) 13b on the side of the support sheet 80 of the film 13 for forming a protective film is formed to have an uneven shape, and the protective film is formed. The laser printed on the side of the support sheet on which the protective film formed by the film 13 is formed is unclear.

如此,實際情況是以往並不存在可兼顧抑制黏連與對保護膜之清晰的雷射印字之保護膜形成用複合片。 As described above, in the past, there has been no composite film for forming a protective film which can achieve both laser adhesion suppression and adhesion to a protective film.

[先前技術文獻] [Previous Technical Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

專利文獻1:日本專利第5432853號公報。 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 5432853.

本發明之課題在於提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,用以於半導體晶片的背面形成保護膜,並且該保護膜形成用複合片可抑制黏連,且可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 An object of the present invention is to provide a composite sheet for forming a protective film for forming a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film can suppress adhesion, and can perform laser printing on the protective film clearly.

本發明提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,具備支持片,於前述支持片的一方的表面上具備保護膜形成用膜,於前述支持片中的與具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側為相反側的表面上具備塗層;前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之 側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra小於前述支持片中的具備前述塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra。 The present invention provides a composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a support sheet, and a film for forming a protective film on one surface of the support sheet, and a side opposite to a side of the support sheet having the film for forming a protective film. a coating on the surface; in the foregoing coating, in contact with the aforementioned support sheet The surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side is smaller than the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the support sheet on the side having the coating.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,使用進一步於前述保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之前述保護膜形成用複合片,利用下述方法測定之前述剝離膜之剝離力可為10mN/50mm以下。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the composite sheet for forming a protective film further comprising a release film on the film for forming a protective film is used, and the peeling force of the release film measured by the following method may be 10 mN/50 mm. the following.

(剝離膜之剝離力之測定方法) (Method for measuring peeling force of peeling film)

將於保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之寬度50mm、長度100mm之前述保護膜形成用複合片,以前述塗層全部朝向相同方向且前述塗層的合計厚度成為10μm至60μm之方式重疊複數片,藉此製成一方的最外層為塗層且另一方的最外層為剝離膜之積層體,將前述積層體以於前述保護膜形成用複合片之積層方向上施加980.665mN之力之狀態於40℃下靜置3天後,將於前述積層方向上距離前述最外層之塗層最近之剝離膜,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,自鄰接之塗層剝離,測定此時之剝離力。 In the film for forming a protective film, the composite film for forming a protective film having a width of the peeling film of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm is provided, and the plurality of sheets are stacked such that the entire coating layer faces in the same direction and the total thickness of the coating layer is 10 μm to 60 μm. In this way, the outermost layer of one of the coating layers is formed, and the other outermost layer is a laminate of the release film, and the laminated body is applied with a force of 980.665 mN in the lamination direction of the composite sheet for forming a protective film. After standing at 40 ° C for 3 days, the release film closest to the coating of the outermost layer in the laminating direction was peeled off from the adjacent coating at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°. The peeling force at this time.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,可為前述支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成,前述保護膜形成用複合片由前述塗層、基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜依序積層而成。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the support sheet may be formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film may be formed of the coating layer, the substrate, the adhesive layer and the protective film. The film is formed by sequential lamination.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,前述黏著劑層可為能量線硬化性之層或非能量線硬化性之層。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be an energy ray-curable layer or a non-energetic layer.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,前述保護膜形成用膜可為熱硬化性之層或能量線硬化性之層。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the film for forming a protective film may be a layer of thermosetting or an energy ray-curable layer.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片用以於半導體晶片的背面形成保護膜,並且藉由使用該保護膜形成用複合片,可抑制保護膜形成用複合片之黏連,且可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is used for forming a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer, and by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film, adhesion of the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be suppressed, and the protective film can be clearly defined. Laser printing is carried out.

1、2、8、9‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 1, 2, 8, 9 ‧ ‧ composite film for protective film formation

10、80、90‧‧‧支持片 10, 80, 90‧‧‧ Support tablets

10a、80a、90a‧‧‧支持片的表面 10a, 80a, 90a‧‧‧ support sheet surface

10b、80b、90b‧‧‧支持片的背面 10b, 80b, 90b‧‧‧ back of the support piece

11、81、91‧‧‧基材 11, 81, 91‧‧‧ substrate

11a、81a、91a‧‧‧基材的表面 11a, 81a, 91a‧‧‧ surface of the substrate

11b、81b、91b‧‧‧基材的背面 11b, 81b, 91b‧‧‧ back of the substrate

12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12‧‧‧Adhesive layer

12a‧‧‧黏著劑層的表面 12a‧‧‧ Surface of the adhesive layer

13、23‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜 13, 23‧‧‧film for protective film formation

13a、23a‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的表面 13a, 23a‧‧‧ Surface of film for protective film formation

13b‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的背面 13b‧‧‧Back of the film for protective film formation

14‧‧‧塗層 14‧‧‧ Coating

14a‧‧‧塗層的表面 14a‧‧‧Coated surface

14b‧‧‧塗層的背面 14b‧‧‧The back of the coating

15‧‧‧剝離膜 15‧‧‧Release film

15a‧‧‧剝離膜的表面 15a‧‧‧ peeling film surface

16‧‧‧治具用接著劑層 16‧‧‧Layer layer for fixtures

16a‧‧‧治具用接著劑層的表面 16a‧‧‧ Surface of the adhesive layer for the fixture

121‧‧‧黏著劑層的曲面狀的周緣部 121‧‧‧The curved peripheral portion of the adhesive layer

122‧‧‧黏著劑層的平面狀的周緣部 122‧‧‧The planar peripheral portion of the adhesive layer

d1、d2‧‧‧直徑 d 1 , d 2 ‧‧‧ diameter

w1、w2‧‧‧寬度 w 1 , w 2 ‧‧‧width

圖1係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

圖2係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的另一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

圖3係表示實施例中所製造之保護膜形成用複合片之俯視圖。 Fig. 3 is a plan view showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film produced in the examples.

圖4係以示意方式表示以往之保護膜形成用複合片的一例之剖面圖。 Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film.

圖5係以示意方式表示以往之保護膜形成用複合片的另一例之剖面圖。 Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing another example of a conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film.

◎保護膜形成用複合片 ◎ Composite film for protective film formation

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片具備支持片,於前述支 持片的一方的表面上具備保護膜形成用膜,於前述支持片中的與具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側為相反側的表面上具備塗層;前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra小於前述支持片中的具備前述塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention comprises a support sheet, and the aforementioned support a film for forming a protective film is provided on the surface of one of the holding sheets, and a coating layer is provided on a surface of the support sheet opposite to the side including the film for forming a protective film; and the support sheet in the coating layer The surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side of the contact side is smaller than the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the support sheet on the side having the coating layer.

前述保護膜形成用複合片中,前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra小於前述支持片中的具備前述塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra。亦即,塗層中的與和支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面為平滑面或者為凹凸程度得到抑制之面。因此,照射雷射光時,可抑制雷射光於塗層的表面粗糙度Ra小的前述表面上發生漫反射。因此,對使保護膜形成用膜硬化後的保護膜,自塗層側透過支持片照射雷射光時,可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the side opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet in the coating layer is smaller than the surface roughness of the surface on the side of the support sheet having the coating layer. Ra. That is, the surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet in the coating layer is a smooth surface or a surface on which the degree of unevenness is suppressed. Therefore, when the laser light is irradiated, it is possible to suppress the diffuse reflection of the laser light on the aforementioned surface having a small surface roughness Ra of the coating layer. Therefore, when the protective film which cured the film for forming a protective film is irradiated with the laser light from the coating side through the support sheet, the protective film can be clearly subjected to laser printing.

另外,前述保護膜形成用複合片中的塗層易於相對於與塗層之接觸物適度滑動,且具有抗靜電性。因此,將保護膜形成用複合片捲取成輥時,可抑制積層之保護膜形成用複合片彼此之黏附亦即黏連。 Further, the coating layer in the above-mentioned composite sheet for forming a protective film is apt to slide moderately with respect to the contact with the coating layer, and has antistatic properties. Therefore, when the composite sheet for forming a protective film is taken up into a roll, adhesion of the laminated protective film forming composite sheets, that is, adhesion, can be suppressed.

再者,本說明書中,前述保護膜形成用複合片中,藉由加熱或照射能量線而使保護膜形成用膜硬化成保護膜之片,亦只要可維持前述支持片及保護膜之積層結構,則 稱為「保護膜形成用複合片」。另外,前述保護膜形成用複合片中,前述支持片為基材及黏著劑層之積層結構體之情形時,使黏著劑層硬化後之片,亦只要可維持前述基材、黏著劑層之硬化物、及保護膜形成用膜或保護膜之積層結構,則稱為「保護膜形成用複合片」。 In the above-mentioned composite sheet for forming a protective film, the film for forming a protective film is cured to a protective film by heating or irradiating an energy ray, and the laminated structure of the support sheet and the protective film can be maintained. ,then It is called "composite sheet for forming a protective film". Further, in the case of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, in the case where the support sheet is a laminated structure of a substrate and an adhesive layer, the sheet obtained by curing the adhesive layer is also required to maintain the substrate and the adhesive layer. The laminated structure of the cured film and the film for forming a protective film or the protective film is referred to as a "composite sheet for forming a protective film".

圖1係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1具備支持片10,於支持片10的一方的表面10a上具備保護膜形成用膜13,於支持片10的另一方的表面(背面)10b上具備塗層14。再者,支持片10由基材11及黏著劑層12積層而成,於基材11的一方的表面11a上具備黏著劑層12,於基材11的另一方的表面(背面)11b上具備塗層14,於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜13。另外,保護膜形成用複合片1進一步於保護膜形成用膜13上具備剝離膜15,使用保護膜形成用複合片1時將剝離膜15移除。保護膜形成用膜13藉由硬化而成為保護膜。 The composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown here is provided with a support sheet 10, and a film 13 for forming a protective film is provided on one surface 10a of the support sheet 10, and is provided on the other surface (back surface) 10b of the support sheet 10. Coating 14. Further, the support sheet 10 is formed by laminating the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12, and the adhesive layer 12 is provided on one surface 11a of the base material 11, and is provided on the other surface (back surface) 11b of the base material 11. The coating layer 14 is provided with a film 13 for forming a protective film on the adhesive layer 12. In addition, the protective film forming composite sheet 1 further includes a release film 15 on the protective film forming film 13, and the release film 15 is removed when the protective film forming composite sheet 1 is used. The film 13 for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film.

保護膜形成用複合片1中,黏著劑層12積層於基材11的前述表面11a上,保護膜形成用膜13積層於黏著劑層12的表面12a的一部分。並且,於黏著劑層12的表面12a中未積層保護膜形成用膜13的露出面、及保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a(換言之,為上表面及側面)上積層有剝 離膜15。 In the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the adhesive layer 12 is laminated on the surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the protective film forming film 13 is laminated on a part of the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12. Further, on the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, the exposed surface of the protective film forming film 13 and the surface 13a (in other words, the upper surface and the side surface) of the protective film forming film 13 are peeled off. Release film 15.

再者,於剝離膜15與黏著劑層12的表面12a或保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a之間亦可存在空隙部。例如,保護膜形成用膜13的側面、或黏著劑層12的表面12a中保護膜形成用膜13的附近區域容易產生前述空隙部。 Further, a void portion may be present between the release film 15 and the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 or the surface 13a of the protective film formation film 13. For example, the side surface of the film 13 for protective film formation or the vicinity of the film 13 for protective film formation in the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 is likely to generate the above-mentioned void portion.

保護膜形成用複合片1中,支持片10中的與具備保護膜形成用膜13之面(表面)10a為相反側的面(背面)10b成為凹凸面,換言之基材11中的與具備黏著劑層12之面(表面)11a為相反側的面(背面)11b成為凹凸面。並且,塗層14被覆該凹凸面而設置。塗層14中的與和支持片10(基材11)接觸之面(表面)14a為相反側的面(背面)14b的表面粗糙度Ra小於支持片10的前述背面10b(換言之,為基材11的前述背面11b)的表面粗糙度Ra。於對由保護膜形成用膜13形成之保護膜(省略圖示)進行雷射印字之情形時,自塗層14側對保護膜之支持片10側的面照射雷射光。此時,如上所述,塗層14的前述背面14b的表面粗糙度Ra變小,藉此可抑制雷射光於塗層14上發生漫反射。因此,可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 In the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the surface (back surface) 10b of the support sheet 10 opposite to the surface (surface) 10a including the film for forming a protective film 10 is an uneven surface, in other words, the substrate 11 is adhered. The surface (back surface) 11b on the surface (surface) 11a of the agent layer 12 is an uneven surface. Further, the coating layer 14 is provided to cover the uneven surface. The surface roughness Ra of the surface (back surface) 14b of the coating layer 14 which is opposite to the surface (surface) 14a which is in contact with the support sheet 10 (substrate 11) is smaller than the aforementioned back surface 10b of the support sheet 10 (in other words, the substrate) The surface roughness Ra of the aforementioned back surface 11b) of 11. When a protective film (not shown) formed of the film 13 for forming a protective film is subjected to laser printing, the surface of the protective film on the side of the support sheet 10 is irradiated with laser light from the side of the coating layer 14. At this time, as described above, the surface roughness Ra of the aforementioned back surface 14b of the coating layer 14 is small, whereby the diffuse reflection of the laser light on the coating layer 14 can be suppressed. Therefore, the protective film can be clearly subjected to laser printing.

再者,本說明書中,所謂「表面粗糙度Ra」,只要無特別說明,則意指JIS B0601:2001中規定的所謂的算術平均粗糙度。 In the present specification, the term "surface roughness Ra" means a so-called arithmetic mean roughness defined in JIS B0601:2001 unless otherwise specified.

另外,保護膜形成用複合片1藉由具備塗層14,即便於捲取成輥之情形時,亦可抑制積層之保護膜形成用複合片1彼此之黏附亦即黏連。更具體而言,可抑制基材11的前述背面11b與剝離膜15的露出面(表面)15a之黏附。 In addition, when the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film is provided with the coating layer 14, even when the roll is wound into a roll, it is possible to suppress adhesion of the laminated protective film forming composite sheets 1, that is, adhesion. More specifically, adhesion of the aforementioned back surface 11b of the substrate 11 to the exposed surface (surface) 15a of the release film 15 can be suppressed.

保護膜形成用複合片1中,基材11的表面11a於此處成為平滑面,但亦可為平滑度低的凹凸面。但是,如後所述,就更容易抑制於基材11與黏著劑層12之間產生空隙部,使保護膜形成用複合片1具有較佳特性之方面而言,較佳為基材11的表面11a為平滑面。 In the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the surface 11a of the substrate 11 is a smooth surface here, but may be an uneven surface having a low smoothness. However, as will be described later, it is easier to suppress the occurrence of voids between the substrate 11 and the adhesive layer 12, and it is preferable that the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film has a preferable property. The surface 11a is a smooth surface.

使用圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1時,將剝離膜15移除,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a貼附半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面。再者,將黏著劑層12的表面12a中未積層保護膜形成用膜13的露出面貼附於環狀框等治具。 When the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation shown in FIG. 1 is used, the release film 15 is removed, and the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation. In addition, the exposed surface of the film 12 for the protective film formation in the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.

圖2係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的另一實施形態之剖面圖。再者,圖2中,對與圖1所示相同之構成要素標附與圖1之情形相同之符號,並省略該構成要素之詳細說明。於圖2以後之圖中亦相同。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention. In FIG. 2, the same components as those in FIG. 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 1, and detailed description of the components will be omitted. The same is true in the figures of Fig. 2 and later.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片2中,於黏著劑層 12的表面12a的整個面積層有保護膜形成用膜23,於保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a的一部分積層有治具用接著劑層16。再者,保護膜形成用複合片2中,於保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a中未積層治具用接著劑層16的露出面、及治具用接著劑層16的表面16a(換言之,為上表面及側面)上積層有剝離膜15。除該等方面以外,保護膜形成用複合片2與圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1相同。 Here, in the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film, in the adhesive layer The protective film forming film 23 is formed over the entire area of the surface 12a of the surface 12a, and the adhesive layer 16 for the jig is laminated on a part of the surface 23a of the protective film forming film 23. In the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film, the exposed surface of the adhesive layer 16 for the fixture and the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 for the jig are not laminated on the surface 23a of the film 23 for forming a protective film (in other words, A release film 15 is laminated on the upper surface and the side surface. In addition to these points, the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film is the same as the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 1 .

再者,於剝離膜15與保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a或治具用接著劑層16的表面16a之間亦可存在空隙部。例如,治具用接著劑層16的側面、保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a中治具用接著劑層16的附近區域容易產生前述空隙部。 Further, a void portion may be present between the peeling film 15 and the surface 23a of the protective film forming film 23 or the surface 16a of the adhesive adhesive layer 16. For example, the side surface of the adhesive agent layer 16 and the vicinity of the adhesive layer 16 in the surface 23a of the protective film forming film 23 are likely to generate the void portion.

保護膜形成用複合片2中,亦與保護膜形成用複合片1之情形同樣地,支持片10的前述背面10b(基材11的前述背面11b)成為凹凸面,塗層14被覆該凹凸面而設置。因此,塗層14的前述背面14b的表面粗糙度Ra小於支持片10的前述背面10b的表面粗糙度Ra。因此,可對由保護膜形成用膜23形成之保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 In the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film, similarly to the case of the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the back surface 10b of the support sheet 10 (the back surface 11b of the base material 11) is an uneven surface, and the coating layer 14 covers the uneven surface. And set. Therefore, the surface roughness Ra of the aforementioned back surface 14b of the coating layer 14 is smaller than the surface roughness Ra of the aforementioned back surface 10b of the support sheet 10. Therefore, the protective film formed of the film 23 for protective film formation can be clearly subjected to laser printing.

另外,保護膜形成用複合片2藉由具備塗層14,即便於捲取成輥之情形時,亦可抑制積層之保護膜形成用複合片2彼此之黏附亦即黏連。 In addition, when the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film is provided with the coating layer 14, it is possible to suppress adhesion of the laminated composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film, that is, adhesion, even when it is wound into a roll.

使用圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片2時,將剝離膜15移除,於保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a貼附半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面。再者,治具用接著劑層16的表面16a中的上表面貼附於環狀框等治具。 When the composite sheet 2 for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 is used, the release film 15 is removed, and the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the surface 23a of the film 23 for protective film formation. Further, the upper surface of the surface 16a of the adhesive agent adhesive layer 16 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片並不限定於圖1至圖2所示的保護膜形成用複合片,在無損本發明的功效之範圍內,亦可將圖1至圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片的一部分構成變更或刪除,或者對此前說明之保護膜形成用複合片進一步追加其他構成。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not limited to the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 1 to 2, and the protection shown in FIGS. 1 to 2 can be also prevented without departing from the effects of the present invention. A part of the composite sheet for film formation is changed or deleted, or a composite sheet for forming a protective film described above is further added to the other structure.

以下,對本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的各構成進行更詳細的說明。 Hereinafter, each configuration of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention will be described in more detail.

○支持片 ○Support film

前述支持片只要能夠設置前述保護膜形成用膜,則並無特別限定。作為支持片,例如可列舉:用以防止於保護膜形成用膜的表面附著灰塵等之剝離片、及用以於切割步驟等中對保護膜形成用膜的表面進行保護且發揮切割片等作用之支持片。 The support sheet is not particularly limited as long as it can provide the film for forming a protective film. Examples of the support sheet include a release sheet for preventing dust from adhering to the surface of the film for forming a protective film, and a surface for protecting the surface of the film for forming a protective film in a dicing step or the like, and functioning as a dicing sheet. Support piece.

作為較佳的前述支持片,可列舉:半導體晶圓之加工用片之領域中通常所使用之僅由基材構成之支持片、以及由基材及黏著劑層積層而成之支持片等。 As a preferred support sheet, a support sheet made of only a base material and a support sheet obtained by laminating a base material and an adhesive, which are generally used in the field of processing sheets for semiconductor wafers, may be mentioned.

支持片可由一層(單層)構成,亦可由兩層以上之複數層構成。於支持片由複數層構成之情形時,該等複數層相互可相同亦可不同。亦即,可全部層相同,亦可全部層皆不同,還可僅一部分層相同。並且,於複數層相互不同之情形時,該等複數層之組合並無特別限定。此處,所謂複數層相互不同,意指各層的材質及厚度的至少一者相互不同。 The support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer) or multiple layers of two or more layers. In the case where the support sheet is composed of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other. That is, all layers may be the same, or all layers may be different, and only a part of the layers may be the same. Further, in the case where the plural layers are different from each other, the combination of the plural layers is not particularly limited. Here, the plural layers are different from each other, meaning that at least one of the materials and thicknesses of the respective layers are different from each other.

支持片的厚度根據目的適宜選擇即可,就可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字,再者可對前述保護膜形成用複合片賦予充分的可撓性,對半導體晶圓之貼附性良好之方面而言,較佳為10μm至500μm,更佳為20μm至350μm,尤佳為30μm至200μm,例如可為40μm至175μm及50μm至150μm之任一者。 The thickness of the support sheet can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and the protective film can be more clearly laser-printed, and the flexible film can be provided with sufficient flexibility for adhesion to the semiconductor wafer. In a good aspect, it is preferably from 10 μm to 500 μm, more preferably from 20 μm to 350 μm, still more preferably from 30 μm to 200 μm, and for example, may be any of 40 μm to 175 μm and 50 μm to 150 μm.

此處,所謂「支持片的厚度」,意指構成支持片之各層的合計厚度,例如於由基材及黏著劑層積層而成之支持片之情形時,意指基材的厚度及黏著劑層的厚度的合計值。 Here, the term "thickness of the support sheet" means the total thickness of each layer constituting the support sheet, for example, in the case of a support sheet in which a substrate and an adhesive layer are laminated, meaning the thickness of the substrate and the adhesive. The total value of the thickness of the layer.

再者,支持片的至少一面可成為凹凸面,於支持片的該凹凸面中包含凸部的部位中,支持片的厚度可將該凸部的頂端作為一起點而算出。 Further, at least one surface of the support sheet may be an uneven surface, and in the portion including the convex portion on the uneven surface of the support sheet, the thickness of the support sheet may be calculated by taking the tip end of the convex portion as a point.

‧基材 ‧Substrate

前述基材的材質較佳為各種樹脂。 The material of the substrate is preferably various resins.

作為前述樹脂的具體例,可列舉:聚乙烯(低密度聚乙烯(LDPE;Low-density Polyethylene)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE;Linear Low-density Polyethylene)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE;High-density Polyethylene等))、聚丙烯、乙烯-丙烯共聚物、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯、聚醯亞胺、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、離子聚合物樹脂、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、氟樹脂、及該等任一樹脂之氫化物、改性物、交聯物或共聚物等。 Specific examples of the resin include polyethylene (LDPE; Low-density Polyethylene, Linear Low-density Polyethylene, High Density Polyethylene, HDPE; High). -density Polyethylene, etc.)), polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride copolymer, polyethylene terephthalate, poly Ethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyurethane, polyacrylamide, polyimine, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ionic polymer resin, ethylene - (meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, polystyrene, polycarbonate, fluororesin, and hydride, modification, cross-linking or copolymerization of any of these resins Things and so on.

再者,本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸」的概念包括「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」兩者。 Further, in the present specification, the concept of "(meth)acrylic acid" includes both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid".

於支持片由基材及黏著劑層等其他層積層而成之情形時,基材的厚度可根據目的適宜選擇,較佳為15μm至300μm,更佳為20μm至200μm,例如可為30μm至175μm、40μm至150μm及50μm至125μm之任一者。藉由基材的厚度為此種範圍,前述保護膜形成用複合片的可撓性、及對半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之貼附性進一步提高。 In the case where the support sheet is formed by other layers such as a substrate and an adhesive layer, the thickness of the substrate may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is preferably 15 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 20 μm to 200 μm, for example, 30 μm to 175 μm. Any of 40 μm to 150 μm and 50 μm to 125 μm. When the thickness of the substrate is in such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesion to a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer are further improved.

基材可由一層(單層)構成,亦可由兩層以上之複數層構成。於基材由複數層構成之情形時,該等複數層相互可 相同亦可不同。此處,所謂「複數層相互可相同亦可不同」,意指與上述支持片之情形相同之含義。 The substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of a plurality of layers of two or more layers. In the case where the substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be mutually The same can be different. Here, the phrase "the plural layers may be the same or different from each other" means the same meaning as in the case of the above-mentioned support sheet.

於基材由複數層構成之情形時,各層的合計厚度可為上述較佳的基材的厚度。 In the case where the substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, the total thickness of each layer may be the thickness of the above preferred substrate.

基材中的具備黏著劑層的面(表面)的表面粗糙度Ra較佳為0.001μm至0.1μm,更佳為0.005μm至0.08μm,尤佳為0.01μm至0.04μm。藉由基材表面的前述表面粗糙度Ra為前述上限值以下,可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字。 The surface roughness Ra of the surface (surface) having the adhesive layer in the substrate is preferably from 0.001 μm to 0.1 μm, more preferably from 0.005 μm to 0.08 μm, still more preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.04 μm. By the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the substrate being equal to or less than the above upper limit value, it is possible to perform laser printing more clearly on the protective film.

基材表面的前述表面粗糙度Ra例如可藉由基材之成形條件或基材之表面處理條件等進行調節。 The surface roughness Ra of the surface of the substrate can be adjusted, for example, by the molding conditions of the substrate, the surface treatment conditions of the substrate, and the like.

再者,作為藉由切割將半導體晶圓單片化為半導體晶片之方法,例如可列舉利用以下切割之方法:使用刀片切入半導體晶圓之刀片切割、藉由雷射照射切入半導體晶圓之雷射切割、或藉由吹送包含研磨劑之水切入半導體晶圓之水切割等。 Further, as a method of singulating a semiconductor wafer into a semiconductor wafer by dicing, for example, a method of dicing using a blade cut into a semiconductor wafer and cutting a semiconductor wafer by laser irradiation may be cited. Shot cutting, or water cutting by cutting a semiconductor wafer by blowing water containing an abrasive.

另一方面,作為將半導體晶圓單片化為半導體晶片之方法,除利用該等切割之方法以外,亦可列舉以下方法:以聚焦於設定於半導體晶圓內部之焦點之方式,照射紅外區域之雷射光,於半導體晶圓內部形成改質層後,對該半導體晶圓施加力,藉此於形成前述改質層之部位,將半導體晶圓分割、單片化。 On the other hand, as a method of singulating a semiconductor wafer into a semiconductor wafer, in addition to the method of using the dicing, a method of illuminating the infrared region by focusing on a focus set inside the semiconductor wafer may be mentioned. The laser beam is formed into a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer, and then a force is applied to the semiconductor wafer to divide and singulate the semiconductor wafer at a portion where the modified layer is formed.

於基材表面的前述表面粗糙度Ra例如為0.01μm至0.2μm之情形時,具備此種基材之保護膜形成用複合片較佳於在上述半導體晶圓內部形成改質層並將半導體晶圓單片化時使用。 When the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the substrate is, for example, 0.01 μm to 0.2 μm, the composite sheet for forming a protective film having such a substrate preferably forms a modified layer and a semiconductor crystal inside the semiconductor wafer. Used when the circle is singulated.

另一方面,基材中的與具備黏著劑層之面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)的表面粗糙度Ra,換言之支持片中的與具備保護膜形成用膜之面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)的表面粗糙度Ra較佳為0.001μm至4μm,更佳為0.005μm至3.7μm,進一步較佳為0.01μm至3.4μm,尤佳為0.02μm至3.1μm。藉由基材背面的前述表面粗糙度Ra為前述上限值以下,可更容易地減小塗層中的與和支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra,從而更容易對保護膜清晰進行雷射印字。 On the other hand, the surface roughness Ra of the surface (back surface) on the opposite side to the surface (surface) having the adhesive layer in the substrate, in other words, the surface (surface) of the support sheet and the film for forming a protective film is The surface roughness Ra of the face (back surface) on the opposite side is preferably from 0.001 μm to 4 μm, more preferably from 0.005 μm to 3.7 μm, still more preferably from 0.01 μm to 3.4 μm, still more preferably from 0.02 μm to 3.1 μm. By setting the surface roughness Ra of the back surface of the substrate to be equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet in the coating layer can be more easily reduced, thereby making it easier to The protective film is clearly laser printed.

基材背面的前述表面粗糙度Ra例如可藉由基材之成形條件或基材之表面處理條件等進行調節。 The surface roughness Ra of the back surface of the substrate can be adjusted, for example, by the molding conditions of the substrate, the surface treatment conditions of the substrate, and the like.

作為基材的材質之樹脂亦可經交聯。 The resin as the material of the substrate may also be crosslinked.

另外,以樹脂作為構成材料之基材可藉由熱塑性樹脂之擠出形成而片化,亦可經延伸,還可藉由硬化性樹脂的利用公知手段的薄層化及硬化而片化。 Further, the base material using the resin as a constituent material may be formed by extrusion of a thermoplastic resin, or may be stretched, and may be formed by thinning and hardening of a curable resin by a known means.

另外,基材可經著色,亦可被實施印刷。 Alternatively, the substrate can be colored or printed.

就耐熱性優異,且藉由具有適度的柔軟性而具有延伸 適性,拾取適性亦良好之方面而言,基材較佳為含有聚丙烯。 Excellent in heat resistance and extended by moderate flexibility The substrate preferably contains polypropylene in terms of suitability and good pickability.

含有聚丙烯之基材例如可為僅由聚丙烯構成之單層或複數層之基材,亦可為聚丙烯層與除聚丙烯以外的樹脂層積層而成之複數層(兩層以上)之基材。 The base material containing polypropylene may be, for example, a single layer or a plurality of layers made of polypropylene, or a plurality of layers (two or more layers) in which a polypropylene layer and a resin other than polypropylene are laminated. Substrate.

於保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之情形時,藉由基材具有耐熱性,可抑制基材之由熱引起之劣化,可有效抑制於半導體裝置的製造製程中產生不良情況。 When the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting, the substrate has heat resistance, and deterioration of the substrate due to heat can be suppressed, and it is possible to effectively suppress the occurrence of defects in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device.

為了提高基材與設置於該基材上之黏著劑層或保護膜形成用膜之接著性,亦可對基材表面實施利用噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理;電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧/紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等氧化處理等。另外,亦可對基材表面進行底塗(primer)處理。 In order to improve the adhesion between the substrate and the adhesive layer or the film for forming a protective film provided on the substrate, the surface of the substrate may be subjected to embossing treatment such as blasting or solvent treatment; corona discharge treatment, electrons Oxidation treatment such as beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone/ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment, and the like. Alternatively, the substrate surface may be subjected to a primer treatment.

‧黏著劑層 ‧Adhesive layer

前述黏著劑層可適宜使用公知的黏著劑層。 A well-known adhesive layer can be suitably used for the said adhesive layer.

黏著劑層可使用黏著劑組成物而形成,該黏著劑組成物用以構成該黏著劑層,且含有黏著劑等各種成分。黏著劑組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率通常與黏著劑層中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。再者,本說明書中,所謂「常溫」意指不特別冷或特別熱的溫度,亦即平常的溫度,例如可列舉15℃至25℃之溫度等。 The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition for constituting the adhesive layer and containing various components such as an adhesive. The content ratio of the components which are not vaporized at normal temperature in the adhesive composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components in the adhesive layer. In the present specification, the term "normal temperature" means a temperature which is not particularly cold or particularly hot, that is, a normal temperature, and examples thereof include a temperature of 15 ° C to 25 ° C.

黏著劑層的厚度可根據目的適宜選擇,較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為2μm至80μm,尤佳為3μm至50μm,例如可為3μm至35μm、3μm至20μm及3μm至10μm之任一者。 The thickness of the adhesive layer may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, preferably from 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably from 2 μm to 80 μm, still more preferably from 3 μm to 50 μm, and for example, any of 3 μm to 35 μm, 3 μm to 20 μm, and 3 μm to 10 μm. .

黏著劑層可由一層(單層)構成,亦可由兩層以上之複數層構成。於黏著劑層由複數層構成之情形時,該等複數層相互可相同亦可不同。此處,所謂「複數層相互可相同亦可不同」意指與上述支持片之情形相同之含義。 The adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer) or multiple layers of two or more layers. In the case where the adhesive layer is composed of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other. Here, the phrase "the plural layers may be the same or different from each other" means the same meaning as in the case of the above-mentioned support sheet.

於黏著劑層由複數層構成之情形時,各層的合計厚度可為上述較佳的黏著劑層的厚度。 In the case where the adhesive layer is composed of a plurality of layers, the total thickness of each layer may be the thickness of the above preferred adhesive layer.

作為前述黏著劑,例如可列舉:丙烯酸系樹脂、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、乙烯醚系樹脂等黏著性樹脂。另外,作為前述黏著劑,於以該黏著劑之功能之觀點進行分類之情形時,例如可列舉能量線硬化性樹脂等。 Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive include an adhesive resin such as an acrylic resin, a urethane resin, a rubber resin, a polyoxymethylene resin, or a vinyl ether resin. In addition, when the adhesive is classified as a function of the function of the adhesive, for example, an energy ray-curable resin or the like can be mentioned.

再者,本說明書中,所謂「能量線」意指具有能量量子的電磁波或帶電粒子束,作為該能量線的示例,可列舉紫外線、放射線、電子束等。紫外線例如可藉由使用高壓水銀燈、融合(Fusion)H型燈、氙氣燈、黑光燈或LED(Light Emitting Diode;發光二極體)燈等作為紫外線源進行照 射。電子束可照射藉由電子束加速器等產生之電子束。 In the present specification, the term "energy line" means an electromagnetic wave or a charged particle beam having an energy quantum, and examples of the energy line include ultraviolet rays, radiation, electron beams, and the like. Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated, for example, by using a high-pressure mercury lamp, a Fusion H-type lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, or an LED (Light Emitting Diode) lamp. Shoot. The electron beam can illuminate an electron beam generated by an electron beam accelerator or the like.

另外,本說明書中,所謂「能量線硬化性」意指藉由照射能量線而硬化之性質,所謂「非能量線硬化性」意指即便照射能量線亦不硬化之性質。 In the present specification, the term "energy ray hardenability" means a property of being hardened by irradiation with an energy ray. The term "non-energy ray curability" means a property that does not harden even when irradiated with an energy ray.

作為前述能量線硬化性樹脂,例如可列舉具有(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等聚合性基之樹脂。 The energy ray-curable resin may, for example, be a resin having a polymerizable group such as a (meth) acrylonitrile group or a vinyl group.

前述黏著性樹脂較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂,更佳為包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之結構單元之(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物。 The adhesive resin is preferably an acrylic resin, and more preferably a (meth) acrylate copolymer containing a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylate.

關於前述黏著劑層,於含有能量線硬化性樹脂等藉由照射能量線而聚合之成分之情形時,成為能量線硬化性,藉由照射能量線使該黏著劑層之黏著性降低,而容易拾取後述附有保護膜之半導體晶片。此種黏著劑層例如可使用含有藉由照射能量線而聚合之成分之各種黏著劑組成物而形成。 When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains a component which is polymerized by irradiation of an energy ray, such as an energy ray-curable resin, it is energy ray-curable, and the adhesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is lowered by irradiation of an energy ray. A semiconductor wafer with a protective film described later is picked up. Such an adhesive layer can be formed, for example, by using various adhesive compositions containing a component polymerized by irradiation of an energy ray.

<<黏著劑組成物>> <<Adhesive composition>>

作為較佳的前述黏著劑組成物,可列舉含有藉由照射能量線而聚合之成分之黏著劑組成物。作為此種黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉:含有丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物之組成物(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著劑組成物(i)」)、含有具有羥基且側鏈具有聚合性基之前述丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑之組成物(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著 劑組成物(ii)」)等。作為上述之具有羥基且側鏈具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉具有羥基且經由胺基甲酸酯鍵而於側鏈具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂等。 As the preferable adhesive composition, an adhesive composition containing a component polymerized by irradiation with an energy ray is exemplified. Examples of such an adhesive composition include a composition containing an acrylic resin and an energy ray polymerizable compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "adhesive composition (i)"), and having a hydroxyl group and having a side chain. The composition of the acrylic resin and the isocyanate crosslinking agent of the polymerizable group (hereinafter, simply referred to as "adhesion" Agent composition (ii)") and the like. The acrylic resin having a hydroxyl group and a side chain having a polymerizable group is, for example, an acrylic resin having a hydroxyl group and having a polymerizable group in a side chain via a urethane bond.

<黏著劑組成物(i)> <Adhesive Composition (i)>

黏著劑組成物(i)含有前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物作為必需成分。 The adhesive composition (i) contains the acrylic resin and the energy ray polymerizable compound as essential components.

以下,對各成分進行說明。 Hereinafter, each component will be described.

[丙烯酸系樹脂] [Acrylic resin]

作為黏著劑組成物(i)中較佳的前述丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉:使(甲基)丙烯酸酯與視需要使用之除(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的單體作為單體進行聚合而獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物。 The acrylic resin which is preferable as the adhesive composition (i) is, for example, a monomer obtained by using a (meth) acrylate and, if necessary, a (meth) acrylate other than a monomer, as a monomer. The obtained (meth) acrylate copolymer.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸異十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸異硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯醯亞胺;(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. Amyl ester, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, ( N-decyl methacrylate, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate ((methyl) ) lauryl acrylate), tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, ( Methyl) propylene Cetyl acid ester (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate), (A) An alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group of an alkyl ester such as isodecyl acrylate (isostearyl (meth) acrylate) and having a chain structure of from 1 to 18; (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkyl ester such as isobornyl methyl methacrylate or dicyclopentyl (meth) acrylate; arylalkyl (meth) acrylate such as benzyl (meth) acrylate; (methyl) (cyclo)alkyl (meth) acrylate such as dicyclopentenyl acrylate; cycloalkenyloxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate; (meth) acrylonitrile An imine; a glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylate such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate; hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate; 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylic acid 2 -hydroxypropyl ester, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Hydroxy (meth) acrylate and the like.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、衣康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等。 Examples of the monomer other than the (meth) acrylate include (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, and N-methylol acrylamide.

構成丙烯酸系樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯、除前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的單體等各種單體均可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The monomer (meth) acrylate constituting the acrylic resin and the monomer other than the (meth) acrylate may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之丙烯酸系樹脂可僅為1 種,亦可為2種以上。 The acrylic resin contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be only 1 The species may be two or more.

黏著劑組成物(i)中的丙烯酸系樹脂的含量相對於黏著劑組成物(i)中的溶劑以外的全部含有成分的總量,較佳為40質量%至99質量%,更佳為50質量%至91質量%。 The content of the acrylic resin in the adhesive composition (i) is preferably 40% by mass to 99% by mass, and more preferably 50% by mass based on the total amount of all the components other than the solvent in the adhesive composition (i). Mass% to 91% by mass.

[能量線聚合性化合物] [Energy ray polymerizable compound]

前述能量線聚合性化合物係藉由照射能量線進行聚合而硬化之化合物,作為該化合物的示例,可列舉於分子內具有能量線硬化性雙鍵等能量線聚合性基之化合物。 The energy ray-polymerizable compound is a compound which is hardened by polymerization by irradiation with an energy ray. Examples of the compound include a compound having an energy ray-polymerizable group such as an energy ray-curable double bond in the molecule.

作為前述能量線聚合性化合物,例如可列舉具有能量線聚合性基之低分子量化合物(單官能或多官能之單體及低聚物)。 Examples of the energy ray polymerizable compound include low molecular weight compounds (monofunctional or polyfunctional monomers and oligomers) having an energy ray polymerizable group.

作為前述能量線聚合性化合物,更具體而言,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇單羥基五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯等丙烯酸酯;二環戊二烯二甲氧基二丙烯酸酯等含環狀脂肪族骨架之丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、寡酯丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物、環氧改性丙烯酸酯、聚醚丙烯酸酯、衣康酸低聚物等丙烯酸酯系化合物等。 More specifically, the energy ray polymerizable compound may, for example, be trimethylolpropane triacrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypentaacrylate or dipentaerythritol. Acrylate such as hexaacrylate, 1,4-butanediol diacrylate or 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate; acrylic acid containing a cyclic aliphatic skeleton such as dicyclopentadiene dimethoxy diacrylate Ester; acrylate-based compound such as polyethylene glycol diacrylate, oligoester acrylate, urethane acrylate oligomer, epoxy-modified acrylate, polyether acrylate, itaconic acid oligomer, and the like.

前述能量線聚合性化合物的分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The molecular weight of the energy ray polymerizable compound is preferably from 100 to 30,000, more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之能量線聚合性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The energy ray polymerizable compound contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be one type or two or more types.

黏著劑組成物(i)中的能量線聚合性化合物的含量相對於前述丙烯酸系樹脂的含量100質量份,較佳為1質量份至125質量份,更佳為10質量份至125質量份。 The content of the energy ray polymerizable compound in the adhesive composition (i) is preferably from 1 part by mass to 125 parts by mass, more preferably from 10 parts by mass to 125 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the content of the acrylic resin.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization initiator]

黏著劑組成物(i)除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,亦可含有光聚合起始劑。 The adhesive composition (i) may contain a photopolymerization initiator in addition to the acrylic resin and the energy ray polymerizable compound.

前述光聚合起始劑可為公知的光聚合起始劑。 The aforementioned photopolymerization initiator may be a known photopolymerization initiator.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,具體而言,例如可列舉:4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基(2-羥基-2-丙基)酮、α-羥基-α,α'-二甲基苯乙酮、2-甲基-2-羥基苯丙酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基-丙醯基)-苄基]苯基}-2-甲基-丙烷-1-酮等α-酮醇系化合物;甲氧基苯乙酮、2,2-二甲氧基-2-苯基苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉(morpholine)基丙烷-1-酮等苯乙酮系化合物;安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、大茴香偶姻甲醚等安息香醚系化合物;苯偶醯二甲基縮酮等縮酮系化合物;2-萘磺醯氯等芳香族磺醯氯系化合物;1-苯酮-1,1- 丙二酮-2-(鄰乙氧基羰基)肟等光活性肟系化合物;二苯甲酮、苯甲醯苯甲酸、3,3'-二甲基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系化合物;噻噸酮(thioxanthone)、2-氯噻噸酮、2-甲基噻噸酮、2,4-二甲基噻噸酮、異丙基噻噸酮、2,4-二氯噻噸酮、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、2,4-二異丙基噻噸酮等噻噸酮系化合物;樟腦醌;鹵代酮;醯基氧化膦;醯基膦酸鹽/酯等。 Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator include 4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl(2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone, α-hydroxy-α, α'-di Methylacetophenone, 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropiophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionate) Α-keto alcohol compounds such as benzyl-benzyl]phenyl}-2-methyl-propan-1-one; methoxyacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylphenethyl Acetone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinepropan-1-one a compound; a benzoin ether compound such as benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, fennel aceton methyl ether; a ketal compound such as benzoin dimethyl ketal; an aromatic sulfonium chloride such as 2-naphthalene sulfonium chloride Compound; 1-benzophenone-1,1- Photoactive lanthanide compounds such as propylenedione-2-(o-ethoxycarbonyl)anthracene; benzophenone, benzamidine benzoic acid, 3,3'-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone a benzophenone compound; thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2, a thioxanthone compound such as 4-dichlorothioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone or 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone; camphorquinone; halogenated ketone; fluorenylphosphine oxide; Phosphonic acid esters and the like.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於使用光聚合起始劑之情形時,黏著劑組成物(i)中的光聚合起始劑的含量相對於前述能量線聚合性化合物的含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至10質量份,更佳為1質量份至5質量份。藉由光聚合起始劑的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得充分的由使用光聚合起始劑所帶來之功效。另外,藉由光聚合起始劑的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制由過量的光聚合起始劑產生副生成分,從而使黏著劑層更良好地進行硬化。 In the case of using a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (i) is preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the energy-polymerizable compound. More preferably, it is 1 part by mass to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the photopolymerization initiator is at least the above lower limit value, sufficient effects by using a photopolymerization initiator can be obtained. In addition, when the content of the photopolymerization initiator is less than or equal to the above upper limit, it is possible to suppress generation of by-products from an excessive amount of the photopolymerization initiator, thereby more effectively curing the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.

[交聯劑] [crosslinking agent]

黏著劑組成物(i)除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,亦可含有交聯劑。 The adhesive composition (i) may contain a crosslinking agent in addition to the acrylic resin and the energy ray polymerizable compound.

作為前述交聯劑,例如可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化 合物、有機多元亞胺化合物等。 As the crosslinking agent, for example, organic polyisocyanate can be mentioned. Compound, organic polyimine compound, and the like.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉:芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物及該等化合物的三聚物、異氰脲酸酯體及加合物;使前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物與多元醇化合物反應而獲得之末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物等。前述加合物意指前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物,與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等含低分子活性氫化合物之反應物。 Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include an aromatic polyisocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and terpolymers, isocyanurate bodies, and adducts of the compounds; A terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound or the alicyclic polyisocyanate compound with a polyol compound. The above adduct means the aforementioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and low molecular weight such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil. The reactant of the active hydrogen compound.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,更具體而言,例如可列舉:2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;對三羥甲基丙烷等多元醇的全部或一部分羥基,加成甲苯二異氰酸酯及六亞甲基二異氰酸酯的任一者或兩者而成之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。 As the above-mentioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, more specifically, for example, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-benzenedimethyl diisocyanate; 1,4-dimethylbenzene Isocyanate; diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone Diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; addition of toluene diisocyanate to all or a part of hydroxyl groups of polyhydric alcohols such as trimethylolpropane A compound of either or both of hexamethylene diisocyanate; an isocyanate diisocyanate or the like.

作為前述有機多元亞胺化合物,例如可列舉:N,N'-二苯基甲烷-4,4'-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、N,N'-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺等。 The organic polyimine compound may, for example, be N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide) or trimethylolpropane-tri-beta-nitrogen. Propidyl propionate, tetramethylolmethane-tri-β-aziridine propionate, N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridinecarbamamine) Based on melamine and the like.

於使用異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑之情形時,作為丙烯酸系樹脂,較佳為使用含羥基之聚合物。於交聯劑具有異氰酸酯基且丙烯酸系樹脂具有羥基之情形時,可藉由該等異氰酸酯基與羥基之反應,而將交聯結構簡便地導入至黏著劑層中。 When an isocyanate compound is used as a crosslinking agent, it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the acrylic resin. When the crosslinking agent has an isocyanate group and the acrylic resin has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking structure can be easily introduced into the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer by the reaction of the isocyanate group with the hydroxyl group.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The amount of the crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be one type or two or more types.

於使用交聯劑之情形時,黏著劑組成物(i)中的交聯劑的含量相對於前述丙烯酸系樹脂的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至16質量份。 In the case of using a crosslinking agent, the content of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (i) is preferably from 0.01 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned acrylic resin. Parts by mass to 16 parts by mass.

[溶劑] [solvent]

黏著劑組成物(i)較佳為除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,進一步含有溶劑。 The adhesive composition (i) preferably further contains a solvent in addition to the acrylic resin and the energy ray polymerizable compound.

前述溶劑並無特別限定。 The solvent is not particularly limited.

作為較佳的前述溶劑,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 Preferred examples of the solvent include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropan-1-ol) and 1-butanol; and acetic acid; Ester such as ethyl ester; ketone such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone; ether such as tetrahydrofuran; decylamine (compound having a guanamine bond) such as dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be one type or two or more types.

於黏著劑組成物(i)含有溶劑之情形時,黏著劑組成物(i)中的溶劑的含量較佳為40質量%至90質量%,更佳為50質量%至80質量%。 In the case where the adhesive composition (i) contains a solvent, the content of the solvent in the adhesive composition (i) is preferably from 40% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably from 50% by mass to 80% by mass.

[其他成分] [Other ingredients]

黏著劑組成物(i)中,除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,亦可在無損本發明的功效之範圍內,含有不屬於前述光聚合起始劑、交聯劑及溶劑之其他成分。 In addition to the acrylic resin and the energy ray polymerizable compound, the adhesive composition (i) may contain a photopolymerization initiator, a crosslinking agent, and a solvent, which are not in the range of the efficacy of the present invention. Other ingredients.

前述其他成分可為公知的成分,可根據目的任意選擇,並無特別限定。作為較佳的前述其他成分,例如可列舉:染料、顏料、抗劣化劑、抗靜電劑、阻燃劑、聚矽氧化合物、鏈轉移劑等各種添加劑。 The other components described above may be known components, and may be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and are not particularly limited. Preferred examples of the other components include various additives such as a dye, a pigment, an anti-deterioration agent, an antistatic agent, a flame retardant, a polyoxyxene compound, and a chain transfer agent.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之前述其他成分可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The other components contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be one type or two or more types.

<黏著劑組成物(ii)> <Adhesive Composition (ii)>

黏著劑組成物(ii)含有丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑作為必需成分,前述丙烯酸系樹脂具有羥基且於側鏈具有聚合性基。此處,作為前述丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉:具有羥基且經由胺基甲酸酯鍵而於側鏈具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂等。 The adhesive composition (ii) contains an acrylic resin and an isocyanate crosslinking agent as essential components, and the acrylic resin has a hydroxyl group and a polymerizable group in a side chain. Here, as the acrylic resin, for example, an acrylic resin having a hydroxyl group and having a polymerizable group in a side chain via a urethane bond may be mentioned.

於使用黏著劑組成物(ii)之情形時,藉由丙烯酸系樹脂於側鏈具有聚合性基,相較於如黏著劑組成物(i)之情形般,使用能量線聚合性化合物,藉由照射能量線進行聚合反應之情形而言,因聚合反應(硬化)後的黏著劑層的黏著性降低而自被黏著體之剝離性提高,附有保護膜之半導體晶片之拾取性提高。 In the case of using the adhesive composition (ii), the acrylic resin has a polymerizable group in the side chain, and the energy ray polymerizable compound is used as compared with the case of the adhesive composition (i). In the case where the energy is irradiated by the irradiation of the energy ray, the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer after the polymerization reaction (hardening) is lowered, and the peeling property from the adherend is improved, and the pick-up property of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is improved.

再者,本說明書中,關於黏著劑組成物(ii)中的「丙烯酸系樹脂」之記載,只要無特別說明,則意指「於側鏈具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂」。 In the present specification, the description of the "acrylic resin" in the adhesive composition (ii) means "acrylic resin having a polymerizable group in a side chain" unless otherwise specified.

[丙烯酸系樹脂] [Acrylic resin]

作為上述之於側鏈具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉以下述方式獲得之丙烯酸系樹脂:使作為單體之不具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯(本說明書中,有時稱為「不含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯」),與具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯(本說明書中,有時稱為「含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯」)等含羥基之化合物進行共聚合,而獲得含羥基之共聚物,使所獲得之含羥基之共聚物的羥基,與具有異氰酸酯基及聚合性基之化合物的異氰酸酯基反應,而形成胺基甲酸酯 鍵,從而獲得丙烯酸系樹脂。 Examples of the acrylic resin having a polymerizable group in the side chain include an acrylic resin obtained as follows: a (meth) acrylate having no hydroxyl group as a monomer (in the present specification, sometimes referred to as It is a hydroxyl group-free (meth) acrylate, and a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate (in this specification, sometimes referred to as "hydroxyl-containing (meth) acrylate)) The compound is copolymerized to obtain a hydroxyl group-containing copolymer, and the hydroxyl group of the obtained hydroxyl group-containing copolymer is reacted with an isocyanate group of a compound having an isocyanate group and a polymerizable group to form a urethane. The key is obtained to obtain an acrylic resin.

作為前述不含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:黏著劑組成物(i)中的(甲基)丙烯酸酯中除含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-free (meth) acrylate include (meth) acrylate other than the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate in the (meth) acrylate in the adhesive composition (i). ester.

另外,作為前述含羥基之化合物,可列舉:與黏著劑組成物(i)中的含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯相同之化合物。 Further, examples of the hydroxyl group-containing compound include the same compounds as the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate in the adhesive composition (i).

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂之不含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及含羥基之化合物可分別僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The hydroxyl group-free (meth) acrylate and the hydroxyl group-containing compound constituting the acrylic resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為前述具有異氰酸酯基及聚合性基之化合物,例如可列舉:異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯等含異氰酸酯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Examples of the compound having an isocyanate group and a polymerizable group include an isocyanate group-containing (meth) acrylate such as 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂之前述具有異氰酸酯基及聚合性基之化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The compound having an isocyanate group and a polymerizable group in the acrylic resin may be one type or two or more types.

黏著劑組成物(ii)所含有之丙烯酸系樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The acrylic resin contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be one type or two or more types.

黏著劑組成物(ii)中的丙烯酸系樹脂的含量相對於黏著劑組成物(ii)中的溶劑以外的全部含有成分的總量,較佳為80質量%至99質量%,更佳為90質量%至97質量%。 The content of the acrylic resin in the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably 80% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 90%, based on the total amount of all the components other than the solvent in the adhesive composition (ii). Mass% to 97% by mass.

[異氰酸酯系交聯劑] [Isocyanate crosslinking agent]

作為前述異氰酸酯系交聯劑,例如可列舉:與黏著劑組成物(i)中的作為交聯劑之前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物相同之化合物。 The isocyanate-based crosslinking agent is, for example, the same compound as the above-mentioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound as a crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (i).

黏著劑組成物(ii)所含有之異氰酸酯系交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The isocyanate-based crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be one type or two or more types.

黏著劑組成物(ii)中的異氰酸酯系交聯劑所具有之異氰酸酯基的莫耳數相對於黏著劑組成物(ii)中的丙烯酸系樹脂所具有之羥基的莫耳數,較佳為0.2倍至3倍。藉由異氰酸酯基的前述莫耳數為前述下限值以上,因硬化後的黏著劑層的黏著性降低而自被黏著體之剝離性提高,附有保護膜之半導體晶片之拾取性提高。另外,藉由異氰酸酯基的前述莫耳數為前述上限值以下,可進一步抑制因異氰酸酯系交聯劑彼此之反應而產生副產物。 The number of moles of the isocyanate group of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably 0.2 with respect to the number of moles of the hydroxyl group of the acrylic resin in the adhesive composition (ii). Up to 3 times. When the number of moles of the isocyanate group is at least the above lower limit value, the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer after curing is lowered, and the peeling property from the adherend is improved, and the pick-up property of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is improved. In addition, when the number of moles of the isocyanate group is at most the above upper limit, it is possible to further suppress generation of by-products due to reaction between the isocyanate-based crosslinking agents.

黏著劑組成物(ii)中的異氰酸酯系交聯劑的含量較佳為以使異氰酸酯基的莫耳數成為如上述之範圍之方式適宜調節。 The content of the isocyanate crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably adjusted so that the number of moles of the isocyanate group is within the above range.

再者,黏著劑組成物(ii)中的異氰酸酯系交聯劑的含量滿足此種異氰酸酯基的莫耳數之條件,並且相對於丙烯酸系樹脂的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至15質量份,尤佳為0.3質量份至12質量份。 Further, the content of the isocyanate crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (ii) satisfies the condition of the number of moles of the isocyanate group, and is preferably 0.01 part by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the acrylic resin. 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass, even more preferably 0.3 parts by mass to 12 parts by mass.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization initiator]

黏著劑組成物(ii)中,除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑以外,亦可含有光聚合起始劑。 In the adhesive composition (ii), a photopolymerization initiator may be contained in addition to the acrylic resin and the isocyanate crosslinking agent.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉與黏著劑組成物(i)之情形相同之光聚合起始劑。 The photopolymerization initiator is the same as the photopolymerization initiator in the case of the adhesive composition (i).

黏著劑組成物(ii)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於使用光聚合起始劑之情形時,黏著劑組成物(ii)中的光聚合起始劑的含量相對於丙烯酸系樹脂的含量100質量份,較佳為0.05質量份至20質量份。藉由光聚合起始劑的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得充分的由使用光聚合起始劑所帶來之功效。另外,藉由光聚合起始劑的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制由過量的光聚合起始劑產生副生成分,從而使黏著劑層更良好地進行硬化。 In the case of using a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably from 0.05 part by mass to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the acrylic resin. When the content of the photopolymerization initiator is at least the above lower limit value, sufficient effects by using a photopolymerization initiator can be obtained. In addition, when the content of the photopolymerization initiator is less than or equal to the above upper limit, it is possible to suppress generation of by-products from an excessive amount of the photopolymerization initiator, thereby more effectively curing the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.

[溶劑] [solvent]

黏著劑組成物(ii)較佳為除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑以外,進一步含有溶劑。 The adhesive composition (ii) preferably further contains a solvent in addition to the acrylic resin and the isocyanate crosslinking agent.

作為前述溶劑,例如可列舉與黏著劑組成物(i)之情形相同之溶劑。 As the solvent, for example, the same solvent as in the case of the adhesive composition (i) can be mentioned.

黏著劑組成物(ii)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be one type or two or more types.

於黏著劑組成物(ii)含有溶劑之情形時,黏著劑組成物(ii)中的溶劑的含量較佳為40質量%至90質量%,更佳為50質量%至80質量%。 In the case where the adhesive composition (ii) contains a solvent, the content of the solvent in the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably from 40% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably from 50% by mass to 80% by mass.

[其他成分] [Other ingredients]

黏著劑組成物(ii)中,除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑以外,亦可在無損本發明的功效之範圍內,含有不符合前述光聚合起始劑及溶劑之其他成分。 In the adhesive composition (ii), in addition to the acrylic resin and the isocyanate crosslinking agent, other components which do not conform to the photopolymerization initiator and the solvent may be contained within the range which does not impair the efficacy of the present invention.

作為前述其他成分,例如可列舉與黏著劑組成物(i)之情形相同之成分。 As the other components, for example, the same components as in the case of the adhesive composition (i) can be mentioned.

黏著劑組成物(ii)所含有之前述其他成分可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The other components contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be one type or two or more types.

至此,對含有藉由照射能量線而聚合之成分之黏著劑組成物進行了說明,但形成黏著劑層時,亦可使用不含藉由照射能量線而聚合之成分之黏著劑組成物。亦即,黏著劑層亦可為不具有能量線硬化性之非能量線硬化性。 Heretofore, the adhesive composition containing the component polymerized by the irradiation of the energy ray has been described. However, when the adhesive layer is formed, an adhesive composition containing no component polymerized by irradiation with the energy ray may be used. That is, the adhesive layer may be non-energy line hardenability without energy ray hardening.

作為較佳的此種非能量線硬化性黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉含有丙烯酸系樹脂及交聯劑之組成物(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著劑組成物(iii)」)等。黏著劑組成物(iii)亦可含有溶劑、不符合溶劑之其他成分等任意成分。 For example, a composition containing an acrylic resin and a crosslinking agent (hereinafter, simply referred to as "adhesive composition (iii)") or the like is exemplified as the composition of the non-energy-curable adhesive. The adhesive composition (iii) may contain any components such as a solvent and other components that do not conform to the solvent.

<黏著劑組成物(iii)> <Adhesive Composition (iii)>

黏著劑組成物(iii)所含有之前述丙烯酸系樹脂、交聯劑、溶劑及其他成分分別與黏著劑組成物(i)中的丙烯酸系樹脂、交聯劑、溶劑及其他成分相同。 The acrylic resin, the crosslinking agent, the solvent, and other components contained in the adhesive composition (iii) are the same as the acrylic resin, the crosslinking agent, the solvent, and other components in the adhesive composition (i).

黏著劑組成物(iii)中的丙烯酸系樹脂的含量相對於黏著劑組成物(iii)中的溶劑以外的全部含有成分的總量,較佳為40質量%至99質量%,更佳為50質量%至93質量%。 The content of the acrylic resin in the adhesive composition (iii) is preferably 40% by mass to 99% by mass, and more preferably 50%, based on the total amount of all the components other than the solvent in the adhesive composition (iii). Mass% to 93% by mass.

黏著劑組成物(iii)中的交聯劑的含量相對於丙烯酸系樹脂的含量100質量份,較佳為3質量份至30質量份,更佳為5質量份至25質量份。 The content of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (iii) is preferably from 3 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass, more preferably from 5 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the acrylic resin.

黏著劑組成物(iii)除上述方面以外與黏著劑組成物(i)相同。 The adhesive composition (iii) is the same as the adhesive composition (i) except for the above.

<<黏著劑組成物的製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of adhesive composition>>

黏著劑組成物(i)至黏著劑組成物(iii)等前述黏著劑組成物可藉由下述方式而獲得:將前述黏著劑、視需要之除前述黏著劑以外的成分等用以構成各黏著劑組成物之成分加以調配。 The above-described adhesive composition such as the adhesive composition (i) to the adhesive composition (iii) can be obtained by using the above-mentioned adhesive, optionally, components other than the above-mentioned adhesive, etc. The components of the adhesive composition are formulated.

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行 混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 The method of mixing the components at the time of preparation is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from the following known methods: the stirring of the stirring blade or the stirring blade is performed. a method of mixing; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of applying ultrasonic waves for mixing, and the like.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不會使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The temperature and time when the components are added and mixed are not particularly limited as long as the respective components are not deteriorated, and may be appropriately adjusted, and the temperature is preferably from 15 ° C to 30 ° C.

○保護膜形成用膜 ○ film for protective film formation

前述保護膜形成用膜可為熱硬化性及能量線硬化性之任一種。保護膜形成用膜經由硬化而最終成為耐衝擊性高的保護膜。該保護膜例如防止切割步驟以後之半導體晶片中產生龜裂。 The film for forming a protective film may be either thermosetting or energy ray curable. The film for forming a protective film finally becomes a protective film having high impact resistance by curing. The protective film prevents, for example, cracking in the semiconductor wafer after the dicing step.

保護膜形成用膜可使用後述之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物或能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(以下,有時將該等統稱為「保護膜形成用組成物」)而形成。 The film for forming a protective film can be formed by using a thermosetting protective film forming composition or an energy ray-curable protective film forming composition (hereinafter, collectively referred to as "protective film forming composition"). .

保護膜形成用膜可僅為一層(單層),亦可為兩層以上之複數層,於為複數層之情形時,該等複數層相互可相同亦可不同,該等複數層之組合並無特別限定。 The film for forming a protective film may be only one layer (single layer), or may be a plurality of layers of two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is There is no special limit.

保護膜形成用膜的厚度並無特別限定,較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為5μm至75μm,尤佳為5μm至50μm。藉由保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述下限值以上,對作為被黏著體之半導體晶圓及半導體晶片之接著力變得更大。另外,藉由保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述上限值 以下,在拾取半導體晶片時,利用剪切力,可將作為硬化物之保護膜更容易地切斷。 The thickness of the film for forming a protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 5 μm to 75 μm, still more preferably 5 μm to 50 μm. When the thickness of the film for forming a protective film is at least the above lower limit value, the adhesion force to the semiconductor wafer and the semiconductor wafer as the adherend becomes larger. In addition, the thickness of the film for forming a protective film is the aforementioned upper limit value Hereinafter, when the semiconductor wafer is picked up, the protective film as a cured product can be more easily cut by the shearing force.

‧熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜 ‧The film for forming a thermosetting protective film

作為較佳的熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜,例如可列舉含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之膜。聚合物成分(A)係被視為聚合性化合物進行聚合反應而形成之成分。另外,熱硬化性成分(B)係可將熱作為反應之觸發(trigger)而進行硬化(聚合)反應之成分。再者,本發明中,聚合反應中亦包括縮聚反應。 As a film for forming a thermosetting protective film, a film containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) is mentioned, for example. The polymer component (A) is considered to be a component formed by a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. Further, the thermosetting component (B) is a component which can be subjected to a curing (polymerization) reaction by using heat as a trigger of the reaction. Further, in the present invention, a polycondensation reaction is also included in the polymerization reaction.

<<熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物>> <<Composition for forming a thermosetting protective film>>

熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜可使用含有該熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的構成材料之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物而形成。例如,於熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜之形成對象面塗敷熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,視需要使之乾燥,藉此可於目標部位形成熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜。熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率通常與熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。此處,所謂「常溫」,如上文所說明。 The film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be formed using a thermosetting protective film forming composition containing a constituent material of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. For example, a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film is applied to a surface to be formed of a film for forming a thermosetting protective film, and if necessary, a film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be formed at a target portion. The content ratio of the components which are not vaporized at normal temperature in the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film is usually the same as the content ratio of the components in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. Here, the "normal temperature" is as described above.

利用公知的方法塗敷熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物即可,例如可列舉使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈 機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、繞線(meyer)棒式塗佈機、接觸式塗佈機等。 The composition for forming a thermosetting protective film may be applied by a known method, and examples thereof include a method using the following various coaters: air knife coating Machine, knife coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, wire mesh A coater, a meyer bar coater, a contact coater, or the like.

熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,於熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物含有後述溶劑之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥。含有溶劑之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物例如較佳為於70℃至130℃且10秒至5分鐘之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the thermosetting protective film-forming composition are not particularly limited. When the thermosetting protective film-forming composition contains a solvent to be described later, it is preferably heated and dried. The thermosetting protective film-forming composition containing a solvent is preferably dried at 70 ° C to 130 ° C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes, for example.

<保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)> <Construction film forming composition (III-1)>

作為熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,例如可列舉含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)(本說明書中,有時簡稱為「保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)」)等。 The composition for forming a thermosetting protective film, for example, a thermosetting protective film-forming composition (III-1) containing the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B) (in the present specification, The time is simply referred to as "the composition for forming a protective film (III-1)").

[聚合物成分(A)] [Polymer component (A)]

聚合物成分(A)係用以對熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等之聚合物化合物。 The polymer component (A) is a polymer compound for imparting film forming properties or flexibility to the film for forming a thermosetting protective film.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之聚合物成分(A)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The polymer component (A) to be contained in the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types, and when two or more types are used, The combinations and ratios of these may be arbitrarily selected.

作為聚合物成分(A),例如可列舉:丙烯酸系樹脂(具 有(甲基)丙烯醯基之樹脂)、聚酯、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂(具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之樹脂)、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂(具有矽氧烷鍵之樹脂)、橡膠系樹脂(具有橡膠結構之樹脂)、苯氧基樹脂、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺等,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂。 As the polymer component (A), for example, an acrylic resin (with (meth)acrylonitrile-based resin), polyester, urethane-based resin (resin having urethane bond), urethane acrylate resin, polyoxynoxy resin (with hydrazine) The resin of the oxyalkylene bond, the rubber resin (resin having a rubber structure), the phenoxy resin, the thermosetting polyimide, and the like are preferably an acrylic resin.

作為聚合物成分(A)中的前述丙烯酸系樹脂,可列舉公知的丙烯酸系聚合物。 A well-known acrylic polymer is mentioned as said acrylic resin in the polymer component (A).

丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量為前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的形狀穩定性(保管時的經時穩定性)提高。另外,藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜變得易於追隨被黏著體的凹凸面,可進一步抑制於被黏著體與熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜之間產生孔隙(void)等。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably from 10,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably from 100,000 to 1,500,000. When the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is at least the above lower limit value, the shape stability (chronological stability during storage) of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is improved. In addition, when the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is equal to or less than the above-described upper limit, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can easily follow the uneven surface of the adherend, and can be further suppressed from the adherend and the thermosetting protective film. A void or the like is formed between the films for formation.

丙烯酸系樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-60℃至70℃,更佳為-30℃至50℃。藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的Tg為前述下限值以上,可抑制保護膜與支持片之接著力,支持片之剝離性提高。另外,藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的Tg為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜及保護膜與被黏著體之接著力提高。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is preferably from -60 ° C to 70 ° C, more preferably from -30 ° C to 50 ° C. When the Tg of the acrylic resin is at least the above lower limit value, the adhesion between the protective film and the support sheet can be suppressed, and the peeling property of the support sheet can be improved. In addition, when the Tg of the acrylic resin is not more than the above upper limit, the adhesion between the film for forming a thermosetting protective film and the protective film and the adherend is improved.

作為丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉:1種或2種以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之聚合物;選自(甲基)丙烯酸、衣康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等中之2種以上之單體之共聚物等。 Examples of the acrylic resin include a polymer of one or more kinds of (meth) acrylates; and a (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, and N- A copolymer of two or more kinds of monomers such as methylol acrylamide or the like.

作為構成丙烯酸系樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯醯亞胺;(甲基) 丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」意指胺基之1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外的基取代而成之基。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate constituting the acrylic resin include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, and isopropyl (meth) acrylate. Ester, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (A) Ethyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Anthracene ester, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate) , tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate A hexadecyl ester (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate), etc. The alkyl group has a carbon number of 1 18-chain (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester; (meth)acrylic acid isobornyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid dicyclopentyl ester and the like (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkyl ester; (meth)acrylic acid benzyl ester An arylalkyl (meth)acrylate such as an ester; a cycloalkenyl (meth)acrylate such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; a dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate; a cycloalkyloxyalkyl acrylate; (meth) acrylimide; (methyl) a glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylate such as glycidyl acrylate; hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (A) Hydroxy-containing (meth)acrylic acid such as 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate An ester; a (meth) acrylate containing a substituted amine group such as N-methylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate. Here, the "substituted amino group" means a group in which one or two hydrogen atoms of an amine group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom.

丙烯酸系樹脂例如除前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外,亦可為使選自(甲基)丙烯酸、衣康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等中的1種或2種以上之單體進行共聚合而成之樹脂。 The acrylic resin may be selected from (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, and N-methylol acrylamide, etc., in addition to the above (meth) acrylate. A resin obtained by copolymerizing one or more monomers.

構成丙烯酸系樹脂之單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The number of the monomers constituting the acrylic resin may be one or two or more. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

丙烯酸系樹脂亦可具有乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等可與其他化合物鍵結之官能基。丙烯酸系樹脂中的前述官能基可經由後述交聯劑(F)與其他化合物鍵結,亦可不經由交聯劑(F)與其他化合物直接鍵結。藉由使丙烯酸系樹脂經由前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結,有使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可 靠性提高之傾向。 The acrylic resin may have a functional group which may be bonded to another compound such as a vinyl group, a (meth) acrylonitrile group, an amine group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an isocyanate group. The functional group in the acrylic resin may be bonded to another compound via a crosslinking agent (F) to be described later, or may be directly bonded to another compound without passing through the crosslinking agent (F). The acrylic resin is bonded to another compound via the functional group, and the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be used. The tendency to improve.

本發明中,作為聚合物成分(A),亦可將丙烯酸系樹脂以外的熱塑性樹脂(以下,有時僅簡稱為「熱塑性樹脂」)與丙烯酸系樹脂併用。藉由使用前述熱塑性樹脂,有時保護膜自支持片之剝離性提高,或熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜變得易於追隨被黏著體的凹凸面,從而可進一步抑制於被黏著體與熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜之間產生孔隙等。 In the present invention, a thermoplastic resin (hereinafter, simply referred to as "thermoplastic resin") other than the acrylic resin may be used in combination with the acrylic resin as the polymer component (A). By using the thermoplastic resin, the peeling property of the protective film from the support sheet may be improved, or the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may easily follow the uneven surface of the adherend, thereby further suppressing adhesion to the adherend and heat hardening. Pores and the like are formed between the films for forming a protective film.

前述熱塑性樹脂的重量平均分子量較佳為1000至100000,更佳為3000至80000。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably from 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 80,000.

前述熱塑性樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-30℃至150℃,更佳為-20℃至120℃。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably from -30 ° C to 150 ° C, more preferably from -20 ° C to 120 ° C.

作為前述熱塑性樹脂,例如可列舉:聚酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、苯氧基樹脂、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚苯乙烯等。 Examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyester, polyurethane, phenoxy resin, polybutene, polybutadiene, and polystyrene.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述熱塑性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The thermoplastic resin to be contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, these may be used. The combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,無論聚合物成分(A) 之種類如何,聚合物成分(A)的含量(亦即,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的聚合物成分(A)的含量)相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量之比例均較佳為5質量%至50質量%,更佳為10質量%至40質量%,尤佳為15質量%至35質量%。 In the protective film forming composition (III-1), regardless of the polymer component (A) The content of the polymer component (A) (that is, the content of the polymer component (A) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film) is preferably a ratio of the total content of all components other than the solvent. It is 5 mass% to 50 mass%, more preferably 10 mass% to 40 mass%, and particularly preferably 15 mass% to 35 mass%.

聚合物成分(A)有時亦符合熱硬化性成分(B)。本發明中,於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)含有此種符合聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之兩者之成分之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)可視為含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)。 The polymer component (A) sometimes also conforms to the thermosetting component (B). In the present invention, when the protective film-forming composition (III-1) contains such a component that conforms to both the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B), the protective film-forming composition ( III-1) can be regarded as containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B).

[熱硬化性成分(B)] [thermosetting component (B)]

熱硬化性成分(B)係用以使熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜硬化而形成硬質之保護膜之成分。 The thermosetting component (B) is a component for curing a film for forming a thermosetting protective film to form a hard protective film.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之熱硬化性成分(B)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The thermosetting component (B) to be contained in the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types, and two or more types may be used. The combinations and ratios of the above may be arbitrarily selected.

作為熱硬化性成分(B),例如可列舉:環氧系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺、聚胺基甲酸酯、不飽和聚酯、聚矽氧樹脂等,較佳為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。 Examples of the thermosetting component (B) include an epoxy thermosetting resin, a thermosetting polyimide, a polyurethane, an unsaturated polyester, a polyoxyl resin, and the like. Epoxy thermosetting resin.

(環氧系熱硬化性樹脂) (epoxy thermosetting resin)

環氧系熱硬化性樹脂由環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)構成。 The epoxy thermosetting resin is composed of an epoxy resin (B1) and a thermosetting agent (B2).

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之環氧系熱硬化性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The epoxy-based thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types, and two or more types may be used. The combinations and ratios of the above may be arbitrarily selected.

‧環氧樹脂(B1) ‧Epoxy resin (B1)

作為環氧樹脂(B1),可列舉公知的環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等2官能以上之環氧化合物。 Examples of the epoxy resin (B1) include known epoxy resins, and examples thereof include polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, and o-cresol novolac epoxy. Two or more epoxy resins such as resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, and phenyl skeleton type epoxy resin Compound.

作為環氧樹脂(B1),亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂相較於不具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂而言,與丙烯酸系樹脂之相容性較高。因此,藉由使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性提高。 As the epoxy resin (B1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group can also be used. The epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group has higher compatibility with the acrylic resin than the epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂的一部分環氧基更換為具有不飽和烴基之 基而成之化合物。此種化合物例如藉由使(甲基)丙烯酸或其衍生物與環氧基進行加成反應而獲得。 As the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a part of the epoxy group of the polyfunctional epoxy resin is changed to have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. The compound formed by the base. Such a compound is obtained, for example, by subjecting (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an addition reaction with an epoxy group.

另外,作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:構成環氧樹脂之芳香環等上直接鍵結有具有不飽和烴基之基之化合物等。 In addition, examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include a compound in which an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring constituting an epoxy resin or the like.

不飽和烴基為具有聚合性之不飽和基,作為該不飽和烴基之具體例,可列舉:次乙基(乙烯基)、2-丙烯基(烯丙基)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等,較佳為丙烯醯基。 The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples of the unsaturated hydrocarbon group include a secondary ethyl group (vinyl group), a 2-propenyl group (allyl group), and a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. The (meth) acrylamide group or the like is preferably an acrylonitrile group.

再者,本說明書中,所謂「衍生物」,意指原本之化合物的1個以上的氫原子被氫原子以外的基(取代基)取代而成之化合物。 In the present specification, the term "derivative" means a compound in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the original compound are substituted with a substituent (substituent) other than a hydrogen atom.

環氧樹脂(B1)的數量平均分子量並無特別限定,就熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的硬化性、以及硬化後的保護膜的強度及耐熱性之方面而言,較佳為300至30000,更佳為300至10000,尤佳為300至3000。 The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, and is preferably from 300 to 30,000 in terms of the curability of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film after curing. More preferably, it is 300 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 300 to 3,000.

環氧樹脂(B1)的環氧當量較佳為100g/eq至1100g/eq,更佳為150g/eq至1000g/eq。 The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably from 100 g/eq to 1100 g/eq, more preferably from 150 g/eq to 1000 g/eq.

環氧樹脂(B1)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,於併用2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 One type of the epoxy resin (B1) may be used alone or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

‧熱硬化劑(B2) ‧Hot hardener (B2)

熱硬化劑(B2)發揮針對環氧樹脂(B1)之硬化劑的功能。 The heat hardener (B2) functions as a hardener for the epoxy resin (B1).

作為熱硬化劑(B2),例如可列舉:1分子中具有2個以上可與環氧基反應之官能基之化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可列舉:酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酐化而成之基等,較佳為酚性羥基、胺基、或酸基經酐化而成之基,更佳為酚性羥基或胺基。 The thermosetting agent (B2) is, for example, a compound having two or more functional groups reactive with an epoxy group in one molecule. Examples of the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amine group, a carboxyl group, and a group in which an acid group is anhydride-formed. Preferably, the phenolic hydroxyl group, the amine group, or the acid group is anhydride-treated. More preferably, it is a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amine group.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,作為具有酚性羥基之酚系硬化劑,例如可列舉:多官能酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯系酚樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), examples of the phenolic curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include a polyfunctional phenol resin, a biphenol, a novolak type phenol resin, a dicyclopentadiene type phenol resin, and an aralkylphenol. Resin, etc.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如可列舉:二氰二胺(以下,有時簡稱為「DICY」)等。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amine group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "DICY").

熱硬化劑(B2)亦可具有不飽和烴基。 The heat hardener (B2) may also have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

作為具有不飽和烴基之熱硬化劑(B2),例如可列舉:酚樹脂的一部分羥基被具有不飽和烴基之基取代而成之化合物、酚樹脂的芳香環上直接鍵結具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物等。 Examples of the thermosetting agent (B2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include a compound in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and a group in which an aromatic ring of the phenol resin is directly bonded to have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Compounds and the like.

熱硬化劑(B2)中的前述不飽和烴基與上述之具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂中的不飽和烴基相同。 The aforementioned unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the heat hardener (B2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the above epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

於使用酚系硬化劑作為熱硬化劑(B2)之情形時,就保 護膜自支持片之剝離性提高之方面而言,熱硬化劑(B2)較佳為軟化點或玻璃轉移溫度高的酚系硬化劑。 When using a phenolic hardener as a heat hardener (B2), it is guaranteed. The heat curing agent (B2) is preferably a phenolic curing agent having a softening point or a high glass transition temperature in terms of improving the peeling property of the film from the support sheet.

熱硬化劑(B2)較佳為在常溫下為固體,且對環氧樹脂(B1)不顯示硬化活性,另一方面,藉由加熱而溶解,且對環氧樹脂(B1)顯示硬化活性之熱硬化劑(以下,有時簡稱為「熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑」)。 The heat hardener (B2) is preferably solid at normal temperature, and does not exhibit hardening activity for the epoxy resin (B1), on the other hand, dissolves by heating, and exhibits hardening activity to the epoxy resin (B1). A heat hardener (hereinafter may be simply referred to as "thermal active latent epoxy resin hardener").

前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑在常溫下於熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中穩定地分散於環氧樹脂(B1)中,但藉由加熱與環氧樹脂(B1)相容,且與環氧樹脂(B1)反應。藉由使用前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑,保護膜形成用複合片的保存穩定性顯著提高。例如,可抑制該硬化劑自保護膜形成用膜向鄰接之支持片轉移,可有效抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的熱硬化性降低。並且,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜藉由加熱而熱硬化度變得更高,故而後述之附有保護膜之半導體晶片的拾取性進一步提高。 The thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener is stably dispersed in the epoxy resin (B1) in a film for forming a thermosetting protective film at normal temperature, but is compatible with the epoxy resin (B1) by heating, and Reacts with epoxy resin (B1). By using the above-described thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener, the storage stability of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is remarkably improved. For example, it is possible to suppress the transfer of the curing agent from the film for forming a protective film to the adjacent support sheet, and it is possible to effectively suppress the decrease in the thermosetting property of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. Further, since the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is heated to have a higher degree of thermal hardening, the pick-up property of the semiconductor wafer with a protective film described later is further improved.

作為前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑,例如可列舉:鎓鹽、二元酸醯肼、二氰二胺、硬化劑的胺加成物等。 Examples of the thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener include an onium salt, a dibasic acid bismuth, dicyandiamide, and an amine adduct of a curing agent.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,例如多官能酚樹脂、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯系酚樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等樹脂成分的數量平均分子量較佳為300至30000,更佳為400至10000,尤佳為500至3000。 In the thermal curing agent (B2), for example, the resin component such as a polyfunctional phenol resin, a novolak type phenol resin, a dicyclopentadiene type phenol resin, or an aralkyl phenol resin preferably has a number average molecular weight of 300 to 30,000, more preferably It is 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3,000.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,例如聯苯酚、二氰二胺等非樹脂成分的分子量並無特別限定,例如較佳為60至500。 In the thermal curing agent (B2), the molecular weight of the non-resin component such as biphenol or dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, and is, for example, preferably 60 to 500.

熱硬化劑(B2)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,於併用2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The heat curing agent (B2) may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used in combination, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,熱硬化劑(B2)的含量相對於環氧樹脂(B1)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至500質量份,更佳為1質量份至200質量份。藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜更易於進行硬化。另外,藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的吸濕率降低,使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性進一步提高。 In the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is preferably 0.1 part by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the epoxy resin (B1). It is preferably 500 parts by mass, more preferably 1 part by mass to 200 parts by mass. When the content of the thermal curing agent (B2) is at least the above lower limit value, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is more easily cured. In addition, when the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is not more than the above-described upper limit, the moisture absorption rate of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is lowered, and the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved. .

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,熱硬化性成分(B)的含量(例如,環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量)相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,較佳為1質量份至100質量份,更佳為1.5質量份至85質量份,尤佳為2質量份至70質量份。藉由熱硬化性成分(B)的前述含量為此種範圍,保護膜與支持片之接著力得到抑制,支持片之剝離性提高。 The content of the thermosetting component (B) (for example, the total content of the epoxy resin (B1) and the thermosetting agent (B2) in the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. With respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component (A), it is preferably 1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 1.5 parts by mass to 85 parts by mass, still more preferably 2 parts by mass to 70 parts by mass. When the content of the thermosetting component (B) is in such a range, the adhesion between the protective film and the support sheet is suppressed, and the peeling property of the support sheet is improved.

[硬化促進劑(C)] [hardening accelerator (C)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有硬化促進劑(C)。硬化促進劑(C)係用以調整保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)的硬化速度之成分。 The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may further contain a curing accelerator (C). The hardening accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the curing rate of the protective film forming composition (III-1).

作為較佳的硬化促進劑(C),例如可列舉:三乙二胺、苄基二甲胺、三乙醇胺、二甲胺基乙醇、三(二甲胺基甲基)苯酚等三級胺;2-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑等咪唑類(1個以上之氫原子被氫原子以外的基取代而成之咪唑);三丁基膦、二苯基膦、三苯基膦等有機膦類(1個以上之氫原子被有機基取代而成之膦);四苯基硼酸四苯基鏻、四苯基硼酸三苯基膦等四苯基硼鹽等。 Examples of preferred curing accelerators (C) include tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5- An imidazole such as hydroxymethylimidazole (an imidazole in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a group other than a hydrogen atom); an organic phosphine such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine or triphenylphosphine (one or more) a phosphine in which a hydrogen atom is substituted with an organic group; a tetraphenylborate such as tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate or triphenylphosphine tetraphenylborate; and the like.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之硬化促進劑(C)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The curing accelerator-forming composition (III-1) and the curing-hardening accelerator (C) contained in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more types The combinations and ratios of these may be arbitrarily selected.

於使用硬化促進劑(C)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,硬化促進劑(C)的含量相對於熱硬化性成分(B)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至10質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至5質量份。藉由硬化促進劑(C)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得顯著的由使用硬化促進劑(C)所帶來之功效。另 外,藉由硬化促進劑(C)的含量為前述上限值以下,例如抑制高極性的硬化促進劑(C)於高溫、高濕度條件下在熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中向與被黏著體之接著界面側轉移而偏析之功效變高,從而使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性進一步提高。 In the case of using the curing accelerator (C), the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film have a curing accelerator (C) content relative to the thermosetting component (B). The content is 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the curing accelerator (C) is at least the above lower limit value, remarkable effects by the use of the curing accelerator (C) can be obtained. another In addition, when the content of the hardening accelerator (C) is equal to or less than the above-described upper limit, for example, the high-hardness curing accelerator (C) is inhibited from being formed in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film under high-temperature and high-humidity conditions. The effect of the segregation of the adhesive on the interface side and the segregation becomes high, and the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved.

[填充材料(D)] [Filling material (D)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有填充材料(D)。藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有填充材料(D),使熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜硬化而獲得之保護膜容易調整熱膨脹係數。並且,藉由使該熱膨脹係數對於保護膜之形成對象物而言最適宜,使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性進一步提高。另外,藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有填充材料(D),亦可降低保護膜的吸濕率,或提高散熱性。 The protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may further contain a filler (D). The film for forming a thermosetting protective film contains the filler (D), and the film obtained by curing the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is easily adjusted in thermal expansion coefficient. In addition, the thermal expansion coefficient is most suitable for the object to be formed of the protective film, and the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved. In addition, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film contains the filler (D), and the moisture absorption rate of the protective film can be lowered or the heat dissipation property can be improved.

填充材料(D)可為有機填充材料及無機填充材料之任一者,較佳為無機填充材料。 The filler (D) may be any of an organic filler and an inorganic filler, preferably an inorganic filler.

作為較佳的無機填充材料,例如可列舉:二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等的粉末;將該等無機填充材料球形化而成之珠粒;該等無機填充材料的表面改質品;該等無機填充材料的單晶纖維;玻璃纖維等。 Examples of preferred inorganic fillers include powders of cerium oxide, aluminum oxide, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, iron oxide, tantalum carbide, and boron nitride; and the inorganic fillers are spheroidized. Beads; surface modifiers of such inorganic fillers; single crystal fibers of such inorganic fillers; glass fibers, and the like.

該等之中,無機填充材料較佳為二氧化矽或氧化鋁。 Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably cerium oxide or aluminum oxide.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之填充材料(D)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The filler (D) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, The combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

於使用填充材料(D)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,填充材料(D)的含量(亦即,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的填充材料(D)的含量)相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量之比例較佳為5質量%至80質量%,更佳為7質量%至60質量%。藉由填充材料(D)的含量為此種範圍,更容易調整上述熱膨脹係數。 In the case of using the filler (D), the content of the filler (D) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) (that is, the filler (D) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. The ratio of the content of the total content of all components other than the solvent is preferably from 5% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably from 7% by mass to 60% by mass. By the content of the filler (D) being such a range, it is easier to adjust the above coefficient of thermal expansion.

[偶合劑(E)] [coupler (E)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有偶合劑(E)。藉由使用具有可與無機化合物或有機化合物反應之官能基之化合物作為偶合劑(E),可提高熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜對被黏著體之接著性及密接性。另外,藉由使用偶合劑(E),使熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜硬化而獲得之保護膜不損害耐熱性而耐水性提高。 The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may further contain a coupling agent (E). By using a compound having a functional group reactive with an inorganic compound or an organic compound as the coupling agent (E), the adhesion of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film to the adherend and the adhesion can be improved. In addition, the protective film obtained by curing the film for forming a thermosetting protective film by using the coupling agent (E) does not impair the heat resistance and the water resistance is improved.

偶合劑(E)較佳為具有可與聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)等所具有之官能基反應之官能基之化合物,更佳為矽烷偶合劑。 The coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group reactive with a functional group of the polymer component (A) or the thermosetting component (B), and more preferably a decane coupling agent.

作為較佳的前述矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉:3-縮水甘 油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)四硫化物、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。 Preferred examples of the decane coupling agent include 3-condensed sugar. Oloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxymethyldiethyl Oxydecane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3 -(2-Aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyldiethoxydecane, 3-(phenylamino)propyl Trimethoxydecane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxydecane , bis(3-triethoxydecylpropyl)tetrasulfide, methyltrimethoxydecane, methyltriethoxydecane, vinyltrimethoxydecane, vinyltriethoxydecane,imidazole Decane and so on.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之偶合劑(E)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 When the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film are contained in the film, the coupling agent (E) may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. The combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

於使用偶合劑(E)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,偶合劑(E)的含量相對於聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)的總含量100質量份,較佳為0.03質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.05質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.1質量份至5質量份。藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的以下由使用偶合劑(E)所帶來之功效:填充材料(D)於樹脂中之分散性提高,或熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜與被黏著體之 接著性提高等。另外,藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可更進一步抑制產生逸氣。 In the case of using the coupling agent (E), the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the content of the coupling agent (E) relative to the polymer component (A) and heat The total content of the curable component (B) is 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.03 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, still more preferably 0.1 part by mass to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the coupling agent (E) is at least the above lower limit value, a more remarkable effect by using the coupling agent (E) can be obtained: the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the resin is improved, or Film for forming a thermosetting protective film and an adherend Then improve and so on. Further, when the content of the coupling agent (E) is at most the above upper limit value, generation of outgas can be further suppressed.

[交聯劑(F)] [crosslinking agent (F)]

於使用具有可與其他化合物鍵結之官能基,例如乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等之上述丙烯酸系樹脂等作為聚合物成分(A)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有交聯劑(F)。交聯劑(F)係用以使聚合物成分(A)中的前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結而進行交聯之成分,藉由如此進行交聯,可調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的初期接著力及凝聚力。 The use of the above-mentioned acrylic resin having a functional group bondable with another compound, such as a vinyl group, a (meth) acryl fluorenyl group, an amine group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an isocyanate group or the like as the polymer component (A) In the case of the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film, the crosslinking agent (F) may be contained. The crosslinking agent (F) is a component for crosslinking the above-mentioned functional group in the polymer component (A) by bonding with another compound, and by crosslinking in this way, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be adjusted. The initial strength and cohesion.

作為交聯劑(F),例如可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元亞胺化合物、金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑)等。 Examples of the crosslinking agent (F) include an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an organic polyimine compound, a metal chelate crosslinking agent (a crosslinking agent having a metal chelate structure), and an aziridine crosslinking. A reagent (a cross-linking agent having an aziridine group) or the like.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉:芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物及脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物(以下,有時將該等化合物統一簡稱為「芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等」);前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等的三聚物、異氰脲酸酯體及加合物;使前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等與多元醇化合物 反應而獲得之末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物等。前述「加合物」意指前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物,與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等含低分子活性氫化合物之反應物。作為前述加合物的示例,可列舉如後述之三羥甲基丙烷之苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物等。另外,所謂「末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物」,如上文所說明。 Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include an aromatic polyisocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyisocyanate compound, and an alicyclic polyisocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds may be collectively referred to simply as "aromatic polyisocyanate compounds"). a trimer, an isocyanurate body, and an adduct of the above aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound; and the aromatic polyisocyanate compound and the like and a polyol compound A terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by the reaction or the like. The term "adduct" means the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compound, aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and is contained in ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil. A reactant of a low molecular weight active hydrogen compound. Examples of the adducts include a benzodimethyl diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane described later. Further, the "terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer" is as described above.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,更具體而言,例如可列舉:2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;對三羥甲基丙烷等多元醇的全部或一部分羥基,加成甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯及苯二甲基二異氰酸酯的任1種或2種以上而成之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。 As the above-mentioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, more specifically, for example, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-benzenedimethyl diisocyanate; 1,4-dimethylbenzene Isocyanate; diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone Diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; addition of toluene diisocyanate to all or a part of hydroxyl groups of polyhydric alcohols such as trimethylolpropane A compound obtained by using one or more of hexamethylene diisocyanate and benzodimethyl diisocyanate; an isocyanuric acid diisocyanate or the like.

作為前述有機多元亞胺化合物,例如可列舉:N,N'-二苯基甲烷-4,4'-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、N,N'-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺 等。 The organic polyimine compound may, for example, be N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide) or trimethylolpropane-tri-beta-nitrogen. Propidyl propionate, tetramethylolmethane-tri-β-aziridine propionate, N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridinecarbamamine) Melamine Wait.

於使用有機多元異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(F)之情形時,作為聚合物成分(A),較佳為使用含羥基之聚合物。於交聯劑(F)具有異氰酸酯基,聚合物成分(A)具有羥基之情形時,藉由交聯劑(F)與聚合物成分(A)之反應,可將交聯結構簡便地導入至熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中。 In the case where an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (F), as the polymer component (A), a hydroxyl group-containing polymer is preferably used. When the crosslinking agent (F) has an isocyanate group and the polymer component (A) has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking structure can be easily introduced by reacting the crosslinking agent (F) with the polymer component (A). In the film for forming a thermosetting protective film.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之交聯劑(F)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The crosslinking agent (F) contained in the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types, and when two or more types are used, The combinations and ratios of these may be arbitrarily selected.

於使用交聯劑(F)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,交聯劑(F)的含量相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.5質量份至5質量份。藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的由使用交聯劑(F)所帶來之功效。另外,藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜與支持片之接著力或熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜與半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之接著力過度降低。 In the case of using the crosslinking agent (F), the content of the crosslinking agent (F) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is preferably 100 parts by mass based on the content of the polymer component (A). From 0.01 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, even more preferably from 0.5 part by mass to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the crosslinking agent (F) is at least the above lower limit value, a more remarkable effect by the use of the crosslinking agent (F) can be obtained. In addition, when the content of the crosslinking agent (F) is at most the above-mentioned upper limit, the adhesion between the film for forming a thermosetting protective film and the support sheet, or the film for forming a thermosetting protective film and the semiconductor wafer or The adhesion of the semiconductor wafer is excessively reduced.

本發明中,即便不使用交聯劑(F),亦可充分地獲得本發明的功效。 In the present invention, the effects of the present invention can be sufficiently obtained without using the crosslinking agent (F).

[能量線硬化性樹脂(G)] [Energy curing resin (G)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)亦可含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)。熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜藉由含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G),可藉由照射能量線而改變特性。 The protective film forming composition (III-1) may further contain an energy ray curable resin (G). The film for forming a thermosetting protective film contains an energy ray-curable resin (G), and the characteristics can be changed by irradiating the energy ray.

能量線硬化性樹脂(G)係使能量線硬化性化合物進行聚合(硬化)而獲得。 The energy ray-curable resin (G) is obtained by polymerizing (hardening) an energy ray-curable compound.

作為前述能量線硬化性化合物,例如可列舉分子內具有至少1個聚合性雙鍵之化合物,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 The energy ray-curable compound may, for example, be a compound having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, and is preferably an acrylate-based compound having a (meth) acrylonitrile group.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇單羥基五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含鏈狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;二(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等含環狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯;寡酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物;環氧改性(甲基)丙烯酸酯;前述聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;衣康酸低聚物等。 Examples of the acrylate-based compound include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethanetetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol tetra(a). Acrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypenta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate containing a chain aliphatic skeleton such as (meth) acrylate; (meth) acrylate containing a cyclic aliphatic skeleton such as dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate; polyethylene glycol Poly(alkyl) diol (meth) acrylate such as di(meth) acrylate; oligoester (meth) acrylate; (meth) acrylate urethane oligomer; epoxy modification (A) a acrylate; a polyether (meth) acrylate other than the above-mentioned polyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate; an itaconic acid oligomer or the like.

前述能量線硬化性化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound is preferably from 100 to 30,000, more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

用於聚合之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The energy ray-curable compound to be used for the polymerization may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combination and ratio may be arbitrarily selected.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之能量線硬化性樹脂(G)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The energy ray-curable resin (G) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios thereof may be used. Can be chosen at will.

於使用能量線硬化性樹脂(G)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中的能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量較佳為1質量%至95質量%,更佳為2質量%至90質量%,尤佳為3質量%至85質量%。 When the energy ray-curable resin (G) is used, the content of the energy ray-curable resin (G) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is preferably from 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably It is 2% by mass to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 3% by mass to 85% by mass.

[光聚合起始劑(H)] [Photopolymerization initiator (H)]

於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)之情形時,為了使能量線硬化性樹脂(G)高效率地進行聚合反應,亦可含有光聚合起始劑(H)。 When the energy ray-curable resin (G) is contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1), the photo-curable resin (G) may be contained in a highly efficient polymerization reaction. (H).

作為保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中的光聚合起始劑(H),可列舉與黏著劑組成物(ii)中的光聚合起始劑相同之化合物。 The photopolymerization initiator (H) in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) is the same as the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (ii).

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之光聚合起始劑(H)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator (H) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios thereof may be used. Can be chosen at will.

於使用光聚合起始劑(H)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,光聚合起始劑(H)的含量相對於能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,更佳為1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為2質量份至5質量份。 In the case of using the photopolymerization initiator (H), the content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is 100% with respect to the energy ray-curable resin (G). The parts by mass are preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, even more preferably from 2 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass.

[著色劑(I)] [Colorant (I)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有著色劑(I)。 The protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may further contain a coloring agent (I).

作為著色劑(I),例如可列舉:無機系顏料、有機系顏料、有機系染料等公知的著色劑。 The coloring agent (I) is, for example, a known coloring agent such as an inorganic pigment, an organic pigment, or an organic dye.

作為前述有機系顏料及有機系染料,例如可列舉:銨系色素、花青系色素、部花青系色素、克酮鎓(croconium)系色素、方酸鎓(squalilium)系色素、薁鎓系色素、聚次甲基系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞菁系色素、萘酞菁系色素、萘內醯胺系色素、偶氮色素、縮合偶氮色素、靛藍系色素、紫環酮(perinone)系色素、苝系色素、二噁烷(dioxane)系色素、喹吖啶酮系色素、異吲哚啉酮系色 素、喹啉黃(quinophthalone)系色素、吡咯系色素、硫代靛藍系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚酚系色素、三烯丙基甲烷系色素、蒽醌系色素、萘酚系色素、次甲基偶氮系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、皮蒽酮系色素及士林(threne)系色素等。 Examples of the organic pigment and the organic dye include an ammonium dye, a cyanine dye, a merocyanine dye, a croconium dye, a squalilium dye, and an anthraquinone. Pigment, polymethine dye, naphthoquinone dye, pyranthene dye, phthalocyanine dye, naphthalocyanine dye, naphthalene amide dye, azo dye, condensed azo dye, indigo pigment , perinone pigment, anthraquinone dye, dioxane dye, quinacridone dye, isoindolinone color Quinophthalone pigment, pyrrole dye, thioindigo dye, metal complex dye (metal stray salt dye), dithiol metal complex dye, phenol pigment, A triallyl methane-based dye, an anthraquinone-based dye, a naphthol-based dye, a methine-azo dye, a benzimidazolone dye, a dermoside-based dye, and a threne-based dye.

作為前述無機系顏料,例如可列舉:碳黑、鈷系色素、鐵系色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide;氧化銦錫)系色素、ATO(Antimony Tin Oxide;氧化銻錫)系色素等。 Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, a cobalt dye, an iron dye, a chromium dye, a titanium dye, a vanadium dye, a zirconium dye, a molybdenum dye, an anthraquinone dye, a platinum dye, and ITO. (Indium Tin Oxide; indium tin oxide) dye, ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide) pigment, and the like.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之著色劑(I)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The coloring agent (I) to be contained in the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, The combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

於使用著色劑(I)之情形時,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量根據目的適宜調節即可。例如,有時藉由雷射照射對保護膜實施印字,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量,調節保護膜的透光性,可調節印字視認性。另外,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量,可提高保護膜的設計性,亦可使得半導體晶圓的背面的研削痕跡不易見。若考慮這一方面,則保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,著色劑(I)的含量(亦 即,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量)相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量之比例較佳為0.1質量%至10質量%,更佳為0.1質量%至7.5質量%,尤佳為0.1質量%至5質量%,例如可為0.1質量%至3質量%及0.1質量%至1質量%之任一者。藉由著色劑(I)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的由使用著色劑(I)所帶來之功效。另外,藉由著色劑(I)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的透光性過度降低。 In the case of using the coloring agent (I), the content of the coloring agent (I) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be appropriately adjusted depending on the purpose. For example, the protective film may be printed by laser irradiation, and the content of the coloring agent (I) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be adjusted to adjust the light transmittance of the protective film, thereby improving the print visibility. In addition, by adjusting the content of the coloring agent (I) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the design property of the protective film can be improved, and the polishing trace on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer can be made difficult. In consideration of this aspect, the content of the coloring agent (I) in the protective film forming composition (III-1) (also In other words, the ratio of the content of the coloring agent (I) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film to the total content of all the components other than the solvent is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.1% by mass to 7.5 mass%, particularly preferably from 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, for example, may be from 0.1% by mass to 3% by mass and from 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass. When the content of the coloring agent (I) is at least the above lower limit value, a more remarkable effect by the use of the coloring agent (I) can be obtained. In addition, when the content of the coloring agent (I) is at most the above upper limit value, the light transmittance of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be suppressed from being excessively lowered.

[通用添加劑(J)] [General Additives (J)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,亦可在無損本發明的功效之範圍內,含有通用添加劑(J)。 The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may contain a general-purpose additive (J) within the range in which the effects of the present invention are not impaired.

通用添加劑(J)可為公知的添加劑,可根據目的任意選擇,並無特別限定,作為較佳的通用添加劑(J),例如可列舉:塑化劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、吸氣劑(gettering agent)等。 The general-purpose additive (J) may be a known additive, and may be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Examples of preferred general-purpose additives (J) include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, and a getter. (gettering agent) and so on.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之通用添加劑(I)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The general-purpose additive (I) to be contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, The combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的通用添加劑(I)的含量並無特別限定,根據目的適宜選擇即可。 The content of the general additive (I) in the film for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose.

[溶劑] [solvent]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)較佳為進一步含有溶劑。含有溶劑之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)的操作性良好。 The protective film-forming composition (III-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The composition (III-1) for forming a protective film containing a solvent is excellent in handleability.

前述溶劑並無特別限定。 The solvent is not particularly limited.

作為較佳的前述溶劑,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 Preferred examples of the solvent include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropan-1-ol) and 1-butanol; and acetic acid; Ester such as ethyl ester or butyl acetate; ketone such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone; ether such as tetrahydrofuran; decylamine (compound having a guanamine bond) such as dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

就可使保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中的含有成分更均勻地混合之方面而言,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之溶劑較佳為甲基乙基酮等。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is preferably methyl ethyl ketone, in that the component contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is more uniformly mixed. Wait.

<<熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物的製造方法>> <<Method for Producing Composition for Forming Thermosetting Protective Film>>

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)等熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物藉由調配用以構成該組成物之各成分而獲得。 The composition for forming a thermosetting protective film such as the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is obtained by blending the components constituting the composition.

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用,即,將 溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用,即,不將溶劑以外的任一種調配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與該等調配成分混合。 In the case of using a solvent, it can be used by, ie, The solvent may be mixed with any of the formulation components other than the solvent to preliminarily dilute the formulation component, or may be used by mixing the solvent with the formulation component without preliminarily diluting any of the formulation components other than the solvent.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 The method of mixing the components at the time of preparation is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from the following known methods: a method of mixing by stirring a stirring blade or a stirring blade, a method of mixing using a mixer, and applying ultrasonic waves for mixing. Method and so on.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The temperature and time when the components are added and mixed are not particularly limited as long as the respective components are not deteriorated, and it is preferably adjusted, and the temperature is preferably from 15 ° C to 30 ° C.

‧能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜 ‧Energy line curable protective film forming film

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有能量線硬化性成分(a)。 The film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film contains an energy ray-curable component (a).

能量線硬化性成分(a)較佳為未硬化,較佳為具有黏著性,更佳為未硬化且具有黏著性。此處,所謂「能量線」及「能量線硬化性」如上文所說明。 The energy ray-curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably adhesive, more preferably uncured and adhesive. Here, the "energy line" and the "energy line hardenability" are as described above.

<<能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物>> <<Energy line curable protective film forming composition>>

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜可使用含有該膜的構成材料之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物而形成。例如,於能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜之形成對象面塗敷能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,視需要使之乾燥,藉此可於目標部位形成能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜。能量線 硬化性保護膜形成用組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率通常與能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。此處,所謂「常溫」如上文所說明。 The film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film can be formed using a composition for forming an energy ray-curable protective film containing a constituent material of the film. For example, a composition for forming an energy ray-curable protective film is applied to a surface to be formed of a film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film, and if necessary, it is dried, whereby an energy ray-curable protective film can be formed at a target portion. membrane. Energy line The content ratio of the components which are not vaporized at normal temperature in the composition for forming a curable protective film is usually the same as the content ratio of the components in the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film. Here, the "normal temperature" is as described above.

利用公知的方法塗敷能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物即可,例如可列舉使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、繞線棒式塗佈機、接觸式塗佈機等。 The energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition may be applied by a known method, and examples thereof include the following various coaters: air knife coater, knife coater, bar coater, and gravure coat. Cloth machine, roll coater, roll coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, wire bar coater, contact coating Cloth machine, etc.

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,於能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物含有後述溶劑之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥。含有溶劑之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物例如較佳為於70℃至130℃且10秒至5分鐘之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying condition of the energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition is not particularly limited. When the energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition contains a solvent to be described later, it is preferably heated and dried. The composition for forming an energy ray-curable protective film containing a solvent is preferably dried at 70 ° C to 130 ° C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes, for example.

<保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)> <Construction film forming composition (IV-1)>

作為能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,例如可列舉含有前述能量線硬化性成分(a)之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)(本說明書中,有時僅簡稱為「保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)」)等。 For example, the energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component (a) may be used. It is "the composition (IV-1) for protective film formation").

[能量線硬化性成分(a)] [Energy line hardening component (a)]

能量線硬化性成分(a)係藉由照射能量線而化之成分,該成分用以對能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等。 The energy ray-curable component (a) is a component which is formed by irradiation of an energy ray, and is used for imparting film-forming property or flexibility to the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film.

作為能量線硬化性成分(a),例如可列舉:具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)、及具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)。前述聚合物(a1)可該聚合物的至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。 Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, and a compound having an energy ray-curable group and having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000. (a2). The polymer (a1) may be crosslinked by at least a part of the polymer by a crosslinking agent or may not be crosslinked.

(具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)) (Polymer (a1) having an energy ray-hardening group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000)

作為具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1),例如可列舉丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1),該丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)係使丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)與能量線硬化性化合物(a12)進行加成反應而成,該丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)具有可與其他化合物所具有之基反應之官能基,該能量線硬化性化合物(a12)具有與前述官能基反應之基及能量線硬化性雙鍵等能量線硬化性基。 The polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 includes, for example, an acrylic resin (a1-1) which is an acrylic polymer ( A11) is an addition reaction with an energy ray-curable compound (a12) having a functional group reactive with a group of another compound, and the energy ray-curable compound (a12) has An energy ray-curable group such as a group reactive with the aforementioned functional group and an energy ray-curable double bond.

作為可與其他化合物所具有之基反應之前述官能基,例如可列舉:羥基、羧基、胺基、取代胺基(胺基的1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外的基取代而成之基)、環氧基等。但是,就防止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片等的電路腐蝕之方面而言,前述官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 Examples of the functional group which can react with a group of another compound include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amine group, and a substituted amine group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amine group are substituted by a group other than a hydrogen atom) Base), epoxy group, and the like. However, in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit such as a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer, the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group.

該等之中,前述官能基較佳為羥基。 Among these, the above functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.

‧具有官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11) ‧Acrylic polymer with functional group (a11)

前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)例如可列舉:使前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體與前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體進行共聚合而成之聚合物,亦可為除該等單體以外,進一步使丙烯酸系單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸系單體)進行共聚合而成之聚合物。 The acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group may, for example, be a polymer obtained by copolymerizing the acrylic monomer having a functional group and the acrylic monomer having no functional group, or may be a polymer. In addition to these monomers, a polymer obtained by copolymerizing a monomer other than the acrylic monomer (non-acrylic monomer) is further used.

另外,前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)可為無規共聚物,亦可為嵌段共聚物。 Further, the acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.

作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含取代胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having a functional group include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxyl group-containing monomer, an amine group-containing monomer, a substituted amine group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer. .

作為前述含羥基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等非(甲基)丙烯酸系不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid 3- Hydroxypropyl ester, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc.; hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate; vinyl alcohol, A non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated alcohol such as allyl alcohol (an unsaturated alcohol having no (meth) acrylonitrile skeleton) or the like.

作為前述含羧基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯 酸、丁烯酸等乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);富馬酸、衣康酸、馬來酸、檸康酸等乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸的酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷基酯等。 Examples of the carboxyl group-containing monomer include (meth) propylene. An ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid such as an acid or a crotonic acid (a monocarboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); an ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid such as fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid or citraconic acid ( a dicarboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated bond; an anhydride of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid; a carboxyalkyl (meth)acrylate such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate;

前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體較佳為含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體,更佳為含羥基之單體。 The acrylic monomer having a functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxyl group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The acrylic monomer having the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected. .

作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. N-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate , isodecyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), ( Tridecyl methyl methacrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) propylene Cetyl ester (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), etc. The alkyl group of the base ester is an alkyl (meth)acrylate or the like having a chain structure of 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

另外,作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如亦可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基乙酯等含烷氧基烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;包含(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯等之具有芳香族基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;非交聯性的(甲基)丙烯醯胺及其衍生物;(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基丙酯等非交聯性的具有三級胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Further, examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include methoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxylated (meth)acrylate. An alkoxyalkyl group-containing (meth) acrylate such as an ester or ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; or an aromatic group such as an aryl (meth) acrylate such as phenyl (meth) acrylate (meth) acrylate; non-crosslinkable (meth) acrylamide and its derivatives; N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-(meth)acrylate A non-crosslinkable (meth) acrylate having a tertiary amino group such as dimethylaminopropyl ester.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The acrylic monomer having no functional group in the acrylic polymer (a11) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be any. select.

作為前述非丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomer include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述非丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combination and ratio may be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)中,由前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體衍生之結構單元的量相對於構成該丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之結構單元的全部量之比例(含量)較佳為0.1質量%至50質量%,更佳為1質量%至40質量%,尤佳為3質量%至30質量%。藉由前述比例為此種範圍,可將由前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)與前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之共聚合所獲得之前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)中能量線硬化性基的含量容易地調節為使保護膜的硬化程度較佳之範圍。 In the acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio of the amount of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing acrylic monomer to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) is preferably It is from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 1% by mass to 40% by mass, even more preferably from 3% by mass to 30% by mass. When the ratio is in such a range, the energy ray-curable group in the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray-curable compound (a12) can be used. The content is easily adjusted to a range in which the degree of hardening of the protective film is better.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)之前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected. .

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)的含量較佳為1質量%至40質量%,更佳為2質量%至30質量%,尤佳為3質量%至20質量%。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is preferably from 1% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 2% by mass to 30% by mass, particularly preferably 3% by mass. % to 20% by mass.

‧能量線硬化性化合物(a12) ‧Energy line hardening compound (a12)

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為具有選自由異氰酸酯基、環氧基及羧基所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上作為可與前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)所具有之官能基反應之基,更佳為具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基。於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)例如具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基之 情形時,該異氰酸酯基與前述具有羥基作為官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)的該羥基容易反應。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) preferably has one or more selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group, and a carboxyl group, and is compatible with the acrylic polymer (a11). The group of the functional group reaction is more preferably an isocyanate group as the above group. The energy ray-curable compound (a12) has, for example, an isocyanate group as the aforementioned group In this case, the isocyanate group is easily reacted with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as a functional group.

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為於1分子中具有1個至5個前述能量線硬化性基,更佳為具有1個至2個。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) preferably has one to five of the energy ray-curable groups in one molecule, and more preferably has one to two.

作為前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12),例如可列舉:異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯、間-異丙烯基-α,α-二甲基苄基異氰酸酯、甲基丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、異氰酸烯丙酯、異氰酸1,1-(雙丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙酯;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物、多元醇化合物及(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物等。 Examples of the energy ray-curable compound (a12) include 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate, m-isopropenyl-α, α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, and methacryl Isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1-(bispropenyloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate; by reaction of a diisocyanate compound or a polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate The obtained acrylonitrile-based monoisocyanate compound; an acrylonitrile-based monoisocyanate compound obtained by a reaction of a diisocyanate compound or a polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound, and a hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate.

該等之中,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯。 Among these, the energy ray-curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)之前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrary. select.

前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)中,源自前述能量線硬化性 化合物(a12)之能量線硬化性基的含量相對於源自前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述官能基的含量之比例較佳為20莫耳%至120莫耳%,更佳為35莫耳%至100莫耳%,尤佳為50莫耳%至100莫耳%。藉由前述含量之比例為此種範圍,硬化後的保護膜的接著力進一步變大。再者,於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為一官能(於1分子中具有1個前述基)化合物之情形時,前述含量之比例的上限值成為100莫耳%,但於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為多官能(於1分子中具有2個以上前述基)化合物之情形時,前述含量之比例的上限值有時超過100莫耳%。 The acrylic resin (a1-1) is derived from the aforementioned energy ray curability The ratio of the content of the energy ray-curable group of the compound (a12) to the content of the aforementioned functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11) is preferably from 20 mol% to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 mol. Ears are from 100% to 100% by mole, particularly preferably from 50% to 100% by mole. By the ratio of the above content being such a range, the adhesion force of the cured protective film is further increased. In the case where the energy ray-curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional compound (having one of the above-mentioned groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the ratio of the content is 100 mol%, but the energy is When the linear curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional (having two or more of the above-mentioned groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the ratio of the above content may exceed 100 mol%.

前述聚合物(a1)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為100000至2000000,更佳為300000至1500000。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the aforementioned polymer (a1) is preferably from 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably from 300,000 to 1,500,000.

此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」如上文所說明。 Here, the "weight average molecular weight" is as described above.

於前述聚合物(a1)的至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯之情形時,前述聚合物(a1)可使不符合上述說明之構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之任一單體且具有與交聯劑反應之基之單體進行聚合,在前述與交聯劑反應之基中進行交聯,亦可在源自前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之與前述官能基反應之基中進行交聯。 When at least a part of the polymer (a1) is crosslinked by a crosslinking agent, the polymer (a1) may be any one of the monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) which does not conform to the above description and The monomer having a group reactive with the crosslinking agent is polymerized, crosslinked in the group reactive with the crosslinking agent, or may be reacted with the aforementioned functional group derived from the energy ray-curable compound (a12). Crosslinking in the middle.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述聚合物(a1)可僅為1種,亦可為2種 以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The polymer (a1) contained in the film for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film may be one type or two types. The above combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected in the case of two or more types.

(具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)) (Compound (a2) having an energy ray-hardening group and having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000)

作為具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)中的前述能量線硬化性基,可列舉包含能量線硬化性雙鍵之基,作為較佳的該基,可列舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等。 Examples of the energy ray-curable group in the compound (a2) having an energy ray-curable group and having a molecular weight of from 100 to 80,000 include a group containing an energy ray-curable double bond, and preferred examples of the group include (A) Base) acrylonitrile, vinyl, and the like.

若前述化合物(a2)滿足上述條件,則並無特別限定,可列舉:具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物、具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂等。 When the compound (a2) satisfies the above conditions, it is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a low molecular weight compound having an energy ray-curable group, an epoxy resin having an energy ray-curable group, and a phenol resin having an energy ray-curable group. Wait.

前述化合物(a2)中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物,例如可列舉多官能之單體或低聚物等,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 In the compound (a2), the low molecular weight compound having an energy ray-curable group may, for example, be a polyfunctional monomer or oligomer, and is preferably an acrylate-based compound having a (meth) acrylonitrile group.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉:甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙[4-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯 基]茀、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚丙氧基)苯基]丙烷、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-1,3-二(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙烷等2官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;異氰脲酸三(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、ε-己內酯改性異氰脲酸三-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、乙氧基化甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二-三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯低聚物等。 Examples of the acrylate-based compound include 2-hydroxy-3-(meth)acryloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and propoxylated ethoxylate. Bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)propenyloxypolyethoxy)phenyl]propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di(methyl) Acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)propenyloxydiethoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis[4-(2-(methyl)propenyloxy) Ethoxylated benzene 茀, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxypolypropoxy)phenyl]propane, tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth) acrylate, 1,10-癸2 Alcohol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, three Propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polybutylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(methyl) Acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)propenyloxyethoxy)phenyl]propane, neopentyl glycol di(methyl) a bifunctional (meth) acrylate such as acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di(meth) acrylate or 2-hydroxy-1,3-di(methyl) propylene decyloxypropane; isocyanuric acid Tris(2-(meth)acryloxyethyl)ester, ε-caprolactone modified tris-(2-(methyl)propenyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethoxylation Tris(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, di-trimethylolpropane Tetrakis (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, etc. A polyfunctional (meth) acrylate oligomer such as a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate or a (meth) acrylate urethane oligomer.

前述化合物(a2)中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂,例如可使用「日本特開2013-194102號公報」中的段落0043等中所記載之樹脂。此種樹脂亦符合構成後述之熱硬化性成分之樹脂,但本發明中視作前述化合物(a2)。 In the above-mentioned compound (a2), as the epoxy resin having an energy ray-curable group or a phenol resin having an energy ray-curable group, for example, paragraph 0043 in "Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-194102" can be used. Resin. Such a resin also conforms to a resin constituting a thermosetting component to be described later, but in the present invention, it is regarded as the above compound (a2).

前述化合物(a2)的重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned compound (a2) is preferably from 100 to 30,000, more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述化合物(a2)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The compound (a2) to be contained in the film for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, The combinations and ratios of these may be arbitrarily selected.

[不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)] [Polymer without energy line hardening group (b)]

於保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有前述化合物(a2)作為前述能量線硬化性成分(a)之情形時,較佳為亦進一步含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)。 In the case where the film for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film contain the compound (a2) as the energy ray-curable component (a), it is preferable to further contain no Energy ray-hardening group polymer (b).

前述聚合物(b)可至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。 The polymer (b) may be crosslinked by at least a part of a crosslinking agent or may not be crosslinked.

作為不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:丙烯酸系聚合物、苯氧基樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚酯、橡膠系樹脂、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯樹脂等。 Examples of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group include an acrylic polymer, a phenoxy resin, a urethane resin, a polyester, a rubber resin, and an urethane urethane resin. Wait.

該等之中,前述聚合物(b)較佳為丙烯酸系聚合物(以下,有時簡稱為「丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)」)。 Among these, the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "acrylic polymer (b-1)").

丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)可為公知的聚合物,例如可為1 種丙烯酸系單體的均聚物,亦可為2種以上丙烯酸系單體的共聚物,還可為1種或2種以上丙烯酸系單體與1種或2種以上除丙烯酸系單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸系單體)之共聚物。 The acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known polymer, and may be, for example, 1 The homopolymer of the acrylic monomer may be a copolymer of two or more kinds of acrylic monomers, or one or two or more kinds of acrylic monomers and one or more kinds of acrylic monomers. a copolymer of a monomer (non-acrylic monomer).

作為構成丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之前述丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」,如上文所說明。 Examples of the acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include an alkyl (meth)acrylate, a (meth)acrylate having a cyclic skeleton, and a glycidyl group (A). Acrylate, hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate, substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylate, and the like. Here, the "substituted amine group" is as described above.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之 烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。 Examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. N-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Hexyl ester, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate, Isodecyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate), (A) Tridecyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, cetyl (meth) acrylate An ester (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), etc. The alkyl group is an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a chain structure of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or the like.

作為前述具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯等。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate having a cyclic skeleton include (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isobornyl (meth)acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate; Arylalkyl (meth)acrylate such as benzyl acrylate; cycloalkenyl (meth) acrylate such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate (meth)acrylic cycloalkenyloxyalkyl ester and the like.

作為前述含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 Examples of the glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylate include glycidyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

作為前述含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and (methyl). 3 - hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.

作為前述含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate containing a substituted amino group include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.

作為構成丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之前述非丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 The non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) may, for example, be an olefin such as ethylene or norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene or the like.

作為至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯且不具有前述能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:前述聚合物(b)中的反應性官能基與交聯劑反應之聚合物。 As the polymer (b) which is at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent and does not have the aforementioned energy ray-curable group, for example, polymerization of a reactive functional group in the polymer (b) and a crosslinking agent may be mentioned. Things.

前述反應性官能基根據交聯劑之種類等適宜選擇即可,並無特別限定。例如,於交聯劑為多異氰酸酯化合物之情形時,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羥基、羧基、胺基等,該等之中,較佳為與異氰酸酯基之反應性高之羥基。另外,於交聯劑為環氧系化合物之情形時,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羧基、胺基、醯胺基等,該等之中,較佳為與環氧基之反應性高之羧基。但是,就防止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的電路腐蝕之方面而言,前述反應性官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 The reactive functional group is appropriately selected depending on the type of the crosslinking agent and the like, and is not particularly limited. For example, when the crosslinking agent is a polyisocyanate compound, the reactive functional group may, for example, be a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an amine group, and among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group is preferred. In the case where the crosslinking agent is an epoxy compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxyl group, an amine group, a guanamine group, etc., among which, it is preferred to have high reactivity with an epoxy group. Carboxyl group. However, in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer, the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group.

作為具有前述反應性官能基且不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:至少使具有前述反應性官能基之單體進行聚合而獲得之聚合物。於丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之情形時,作為構成該丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之單體所列舉之前述丙烯酸系單體及非丙烯酸系單體的任一者或兩者,使用具有前述反應性官能基之單體即可。作為具有羥基作為反應性官能基之前述聚合物(b),例如可列舉使含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行聚合而獲得之聚合物,除此以外,亦可列舉使上文所列舉之前述丙烯酸系單體或非丙烯酸系單體中1個或2個以上氫原子被前述反應性官能基取代而成之單體進行聚合而獲得之聚合物。 The polymer (b) having the reactive functional group and having no energy ray-curable group may, for example, be a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least a monomer having the reactive functional group. In the case of the acrylic polymer (b-1), either or both of the acrylic monomer and the non-acrylic monomer exemplified as the monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) A monomer having the aforementioned reactive functional group may be used. The polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group may, for example, be a polymer obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate, and may be exemplified above. A polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms of the acrylic monomer or non-acrylic monomer are substituted with the reactive functional group.

具有反應性官能基之前述聚合物(b)中,由具有反應性官能基之單體衍生之結構單元的量相對於構成該聚合物(b)之結構單元的全部量之比例(含量)較佳為1質量%至20質量%,更佳為2質量%至10質量%。藉由前述比例為此種範圍,前述聚合物(b)中,交聯程度成為更佳的範圍。 In the aforementioned polymer (b) having a reactive functional group, the ratio of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having a reactive functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer (b) is higher It is preferably from 1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably from 2% by mass to 10% by mass. By the above ratio being such a range, in the polymer (b), the degree of crosslinking is in a more preferable range.

就保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)的造膜性更良好之方面而言,不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」,如上文所說明。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is preferably from 10,000 to 2,000,000, in terms of the film forming property of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) being more excellent. More preferably, it is 100,000 to 1,500,000. Here, the "weight average molecular weight" is as described above.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group contained in the film for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

作為保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1),可列舉含有前述聚合物(a1)及前述化合物(a2)的任一者或兩者之組成物。並且,於保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)含有前述化合物(a2)之情形時,較佳為亦進一步含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),該情形時,亦較佳為進一步含有前述(a1)。另外,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)亦可不含有前述化合物(a2),且一併含有前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之 聚合物(b)。 The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film includes a composition containing either or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2). Further, when the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the compound (a2), it is preferred to further contain the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, and in this case, Jia further contains the aforementioned (a1). Further, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may not contain the compound (a2), and may contain the polymer (a1) together and no energy ray-curable group. Polymer (b).

於保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)含有前述聚合物(a1)、前述化合物(a2)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,前述化合物(a2)的含量相對於前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的總含量100質量份,較佳為10質量份至400質量份,更佳為30質量份至350質量份。 When the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the polymer (a1), the compound (a2), and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the protective film-forming composition ( In the above IV-1), the content of the compound (a2) is preferably from 10 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. The parts by mass are more preferably from 30 parts by mass to 350 parts by mass.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的合計含量(亦即,能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的合計含量)相對於溶劑以外的成分的總含量之比例較佳為5質量%至90質量%,更佳為10質量%至80質量%,尤佳為20質量%至70質量%。藉由能量線硬化性成分的含量的前述比例為此種範圍,能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜的能量線硬化性變得更良好。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group (that is, the energy ray-curable protective film formation) The ratio of the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group in the film to the total content of components other than the solvent is preferably 5% by mass to 90%. The mass% is more preferably from 10% by mass to 80% by mass, particularly preferably from 20% by mass to 70% by mass. When the ratio of the content of the energy ray-curable component is in such a range, the energy ray hardenability of the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film is further improved.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,除前述能量線硬化性成分以外,亦可根據目的而含有選自由熱硬化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上。例如,藉由使用含有前述能量線硬化性成分及熱硬化性成分之保護膜 形成用組成物(IV-1),所形成之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜藉由加熱而對被黏著體之接著力提高,由該能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜形成之保護膜的強度亦提高。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may contain, in addition to the energy ray-curable component, a thermosetting component, a photopolymerization initiator, a filler, a coupling agent, and a crosslinking agent, depending on the purpose. One or two or more of the group consisting of a coloring agent and a general-purpose additive. For example, by using a protective film containing the aforementioned energy ray hardening component and thermosetting component The film for forming the composition (IV-1), the film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film formed by the film is formed by a coating film for forming an energy ray-curable protective film by heating. The strength is also improved.

作為保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中的前述熱硬化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑,可列舉:分別與保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中的熱硬化性成分(B)、光聚合起始劑(H)、填充材料(D)、偶合劑(E)、交聯劑(F)、著色劑(I)及通用添加劑(J)相同之化合物。 The thermosetting component, the photopolymerization initiator, the filler, the coupling agent, the crosslinking agent, the colorant, and the general-purpose additive in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) may be respectively formed into a protective film. The thermosetting component (B), the photopolymerization initiator (H), the filler (D), the coupling agent (E), the crosslinking agent (F), and the coloring agent (I) in the composition (III-1) ) and the same compound as the general additive (J).

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,前述熱硬化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑可分別單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,於併用2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the thermosetting component, the photopolymerization initiator, the filler, the coupling agent, the crosslinking agent, the coloring agent, and the general-purpose additive may be used singly or in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中的前述熱硬化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑的含量根據目的適宜調節即可,並無特別限定。 The content of the thermosetting component, the photopolymerization initiator, the filler, the coupling agent, the crosslinking agent, the colorant, and the general-purpose additive in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose, and There is no special limit.

就藉由稀釋而使該組成物的操作性提高而言,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)較佳為進一步含有溶劑。 In order to improve the workability of the composition by dilution, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent.

作為保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)所含有之溶劑,例如可列舉與保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中的溶劑相同之溶劑。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is, for example, the same solvent as the solvent in the protective film-forming composition (III-1).

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be one type or two or more types.

<<能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物的製造方法>> <<Method for Producing Composition for Energy Line Curable Protective Film Formation>>

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)等能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物可藉由調配用以構成該組成物之各成分而獲得。 The energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition such as the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) can be obtained by blending the components constituting the composition.

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用,即,將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用,即,不將溶劑以外的任一種調配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與該等調配成分混合。 When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing a solvent with any of the formulation components other than the solvent to preliminarily dilute the formulation component; or by using the solvent in the following manner, that is, not using the solvent Any of the other ingredients to be mixed is previously diluted to mix the solvent with the ingredients.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 The method of mixing the components at the time of preparation is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from the following known methods: a method of mixing by stirring a stirring blade or a stirring blade, a method of mixing using a mixer, and applying ultrasonic waves for mixing. Method and so on.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The temperature and time when the components are added and mixed are not particularly limited as long as the respective components are not deteriorated, and it is preferably adjusted, and the temperature is preferably from 15 ° C to 30 ° C.

○塗層 ○ coating

關於前述塗層,只要該塗層中的與和支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra小於支持片中的具備塗 層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra,則並無特別限定。 Regarding the foregoing coating layer, as long as the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet in the coating layer is smaller than that in the support sheet The surface roughness Ra of the surface on the side of the layer is not particularly limited.

作為前述塗層,例如較佳為含有藉由照射能量線進行硬化而獲得之硬化物之塗層,較佳為使藉由照射能量線進行聚合之含有能量線聚合性化合物之塗佈組成物硬化而獲得之塗層。並且,前述能量線聚合性化合物較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸或其衍生物。 As the coating layer, for example, a coating layer containing a cured product obtained by curing by irradiation with an energy ray is preferably used, and it is preferable to harden a coating composition containing an energy ray polymerizable compound which is polymerized by irradiation of an energy ray. And the coating obtained. Further, the energy ray polymerizable compound is preferably (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative thereof.

前述保護膜形成用複合片不僅具有形成用以保護切割所得之半導體晶片的背面之功能,例如亦可兼具作為切割半導體晶圓時之切割片之功能。並且,切割半導體晶圓時,有時將貼附有保護膜形成用複合片之半導體晶圓延伸,該情形時,要求保護膜形成用複合片具有適度的柔軟性。為了對保護膜形成用複合片賦予適度的柔軟性,例如有時選擇聚丙烯等柔軟的樹脂作為構成前述支持片之材質。另一方面,此種柔軟的樹脂等有時因加熱而變形或產生褶皺。因此,塗層可謂較理想為使成為原料之組成物藉由照射能量線進行硬化,並非進行熱硬化而形成。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film has not only a function of forming a back surface of a semiconductor wafer for protecting a dicing film, but also a function as a dicing sheet for dicing a semiconductor wafer. Further, when the semiconductor wafer is diced, the semiconductor wafer to which the composite sheet for forming a protective film is attached may be extended. In this case, the composite sheet for forming a protective film is required to have appropriate flexibility. In order to impart appropriate flexibility to the composite sheet for forming a protective film, for example, a soft resin such as polypropylene may be selected as the material constituting the support sheet. On the other hand, such a soft resin or the like may be deformed by heating or wrinkles may occur. Therefore, it is preferable that the coating layer is formed so that the composition which is a raw material is hardened by irradiation with an energy ray, and is not thermally hardened.

前述塗層的厚度並無特別限定,較佳為0.1μm至20μm,更佳為0.4μm至15μm,尤佳為0.8μm至10μm。藉由塗層的厚度為前述下限值以上,塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra變得更容易降低,進一步抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連之功效變得更高。另外,藉由塗層的厚度為前述上限值以下, 經由前述片藉由紅外線相機等檢測貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片後的半導體晶圓的狀態時,可獲取更清晰的檢測圖像,再者可更容易地伴隨延伸切割半導體晶圓。 The thickness of the aforementioned coating layer is not particularly limited, and is preferably from 0.1 μm to 20 μm, more preferably from 0.4 μm to 15 μm, still more preferably from 0.8 μm to 10 μm. When the thickness of the coating layer is at least the above lower limit value, the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet in the coating layer is more easily lowered, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further suppressed. The effect of the adhesion becomes higher. In addition, since the thickness of the coating layer is equal to or less than the aforementioned upper limit value, When the state of the semiconductor wafer to which the composite sheet for protective film formation is attached is detected by an infrared camera or the like through the above-described sheet, a clearer detection image can be obtained, and the semiconductor wafer can be more easily extended and diced.

再者,由於塗層如上所述般被覆支持片的凹凸面,故而與支持片之接觸面可成為凹凸面,於塗層的該凹凸面中包含凸部之部位中,塗層的厚度可將該凸部的頂端作為一起點而算出。 Further, since the coating layer covers the uneven surface of the support sheet as described above, the contact surface with the support sheet can be an uneven surface, and in the portion including the convex portion in the uneven surface of the coating layer, the thickness of the coating layer can be The tip of the convex portion was calculated as a point together.

前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra較佳為0.5μm以下,更佳為0.4μm以下,進一步較佳為0.3μm以下,尤佳為0.2μm以下。藉由塗層的前述表面粗糙度Ra為前述上限值以下,可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字。 The surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet in the coating layer is preferably 0.5 μm or less, more preferably 0.4 μm or less, further preferably 0.3 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.2 μm. the following. By the surface roughness Ra of the coating layer being equal to or less than the above upper limit value, it is possible to perform laser printing more clearly on the protective film.

另外,前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra的下限值並無特別限定,例如可設為0.005μm等。 In addition, the lower limit of the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet in the coating layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 0.005 μm or the like.

亦即,前述表面粗糙度Ra例如可設為較佳為0.005μm至0.5μm、更佳為0.005μm至0.4μm、進一步較佳為0.005μm至0.3μm、尤佳為0.005μm至0.2μm以下。 That is, the surface roughness Ra may be, for example, preferably from 0.005 μm to 0.5 μm, more preferably from 0.005 μm to 0.4 μm, still more preferably from 0.005 μm to 0.3 μm, still more preferably from 0.005 μm to 0.2 μm.

塗層的前述表面粗糙度Ra例如可藉由支持片中的具備塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra、塗層的厚度、用以形成塗層之後述塗佈組成物之塗敷方法等進行調節。 The surface roughness Ra of the coating layer can be, for example, the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the support sheet in the support sheet, the thickness of the coating layer, the coating method for forming the coating layer described later, and the like. Make adjustments.

關於前述塗層,[塗層的厚度(μm)]/[支持片中的具備塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra(μm)]之值較佳為0.1至30,更佳為0.3至20,尤佳為0.5至10。藉由前述值為前述下限值以上,塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra變得更小。因此,可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字,再者抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連之功效變得更高。另外,藉由前述值為前述上限值以下,可避免塗層的厚度過厚。 With respect to the foregoing coating layer, the value of [thickness (μm) of the coating layer / [surface roughness Ra (μm) of the surface of the side of the support sheet in the support sheet] is preferably from 0.1 to 30, more preferably from 0.3 to 20, especially preferably 0.5 to 10. When the value is more than or equal to the above lower limit value, the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet in the coating layer becomes smaller. Therefore, the protective film can be laser-printed more clearly, and the effect of suppressing the adhesion of the above-mentioned composite film for forming a protective film becomes higher. Further, by the aforementioned value being equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the thickness of the coating layer can be prevented from being excessively thick.

前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側(前述支持片側)為相反側的表面的光澤值較佳為32至95,更佳為40至90,尤佳為45至85,例如可為50至80。藉由塗層的前述光澤值為此種範圍,可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字。再者,藉由塗層的前述光澤值為前述下限值以上,經由前述片藉由紅外線相機等檢測貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片後的半導體晶圓的狀態時,可獲取更清晰的檢測圖像。並且,藉由塗層的前述光澤值為前述上限值以下,同樣地檢測半導體晶圓的狀態時,可抑制塗層發亮之現象,更容易利用紅外線相機等視認檢測圖像。 The gloss value of the surface of the aforementioned coating on the side opposite to the side of the support sheet (the aforementioned support sheet side) is preferably from 32 to 95, more preferably from 40 to 90, still more preferably from 45 to 85, for example, 50 to 80. By the aforementioned gloss value of the coating being such a range, the protective film can be more clearly subjected to laser printing. In addition, when the thickness of the coating layer is greater than or equal to the above-described lower limit value, the state of the semiconductor wafer to which the composite sheet for forming a protective film is attached is detected by an infrared camera or the like, and a clearer state can be obtained. Detect images. Further, when the gloss value of the coating layer is equal to or less than the above upper limit value, and the state of the semiconductor wafer is detected in the same manner, the phenomenon in which the coating layer is brightened can be suppressed, and the image can be more easily recognized by an infrared camera or the like.

再者,前述光澤值係依據JIS K 7105,自塗層的與前述支持片側相反之側,測定塗層表面的20°鏡面光澤度而獲得之值。 Further, the gloss value is a value obtained by measuring the 20° specular gloss of the surface of the coating layer from the side of the coating layer opposite to the side of the support sheet in accordance with JIS K 7105.

保護膜形成用複合片的自前述塗層側的霧度的測定 值較佳為47%以下,更佳為1%至47%,進一步較佳為2%至40%,尤佳為3%至30%。藉由保護膜形成用複合片的前述霧度為前述上限值以下,可抑制光之散射,從而對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字。另外,經由前述片藉由紅外線相機等檢測貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片後的半導體晶圓的狀態時,可獲取更清晰的檢測圖像。此處,所謂保護膜形成用複合片的前述霧度的測定值,意指針對保護膜形成用複合片,自前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的方向測定之霧度值。 Determination of haze from the side of the coating layer of the composite sheet for forming a protective film The value is preferably 47% or less, more preferably 1% to 47%, still more preferably 2% to 40%, still more preferably 3% to 30%. When the haze of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is equal to or less than the above upper limit, scattering of light can be suppressed, and laser printing can be performed more clearly on the protective film. In addition, when the state of the semiconductor wafer to which the composite sheet for protective film formation is attached is detected by an infrared camera or the like, a clearer detection image can be obtained. Here, the measured value of the haze of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is measured by the direction of the surface opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet in the composite sheet for forming a protective film. The haze value.

再者,前述霧度係依據JIS K 7136進行測定而獲得之值。 Further, the haze is a value obtained by measurement in accordance with JIS K 7136.

前述塗層的光澤值等各種特性例如可藉由塗層的厚度、用以形成塗層之後述塗佈組成物的含有成分等進行調節。 Various characteristics such as the gloss value of the coating layer can be adjusted, for example, by the thickness of the coating layer, the composition of the coating composition to form a coating layer described later, and the like.

保護膜形成用複合片的自前述塗層側的霧度的測定值例如可藉由塗層或支持片等構成保護膜形成用複合片之各層的厚度、用以形成該等各層之組成物(例如,後述塗佈組成物)的含有成分等進行調節。 The measured value of the haze from the coating side of the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be, for example, a thickness of each layer of the composite sheet for forming a protective film by a coating layer or a support sheet or the like, and a composition for forming the respective layers ( For example, the components and the like of the coating composition described later are adjusted.

<<塗佈組成物>> <<Coating composition>>

前述塗佈組成物較佳為含有二氧化矽溶膠及鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子中的任一者或兩者(α)(以下,有時簡稱為「成分(α)」)、 以及選自由多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體及丙烯酸酯系預聚物所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上(β)(以下,有時簡稱為「成分(β)」)。 The coating composition is preferably any one or both of the cerium oxide sol containing a cerium oxide sol and an organic compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated group (hereinafter). "Component (α)"), And one or two or more (β) selected from the group consisting of a polyfunctional acrylate monomer and an acrylate prepolymer (hereinafter, simply referred to as "component (β)").

[成分(α)] [ingredient (α)]

前述成分(α)用以使前述塗層的折射率降低,並且使前述保護膜形成用複合片的硬化收縮性及熱濕收縮性降低,從而抑制因該等收縮而導致保護膜形成用複合片中產生捲曲。 The component (α) is used to reduce the refractive index of the coating layer, and to reduce the hardenability and heat-shrinkability of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, thereby suppressing the composite sheet for forming a protective film due to the shrinkage. Curl is produced in the middle.

作為成分(α)中的二氧化矽溶膠,例如可列舉膠體二氧化矽,該膠體二氧化矽係二氧化矽微粒子於醇、源自乙二醇之醚(溶纖劑)等有機溶劑中以膠體狀態懸浮而成。懸浮之前述二氧化矽微粒子的平均粒徑較佳為0.001μm至1μm,更佳為0.03μm至0.05μm。 Examples of the cerium oxide sol in the component (α) include colloidal cerium oxide, and the colloidal cerium oxide-based cerium oxide microparticles are in an organic solvent such as an alcohol or an ether derived from ethylene glycol (cellosolve). The colloidal state is suspended. The average particle diameter of the aforementioned cerium oxide microparticles suspended is preferably from 0.001 μm to 1 μm, more preferably from 0.03 μm to 0.05 μm.

成分(α)中的鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子藉由照射能量線而進行交聯及硬化。 The cerium oxide fine particles in which the organic compound containing a radical polymerizable unsaturated group is bonded to the component (α) is crosslinked and hardened by irradiation of an energy ray.

作為前述鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子,例如可列舉存在於二氧化矽微粒子的表面之矽烷醇基與含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物中的官能基反應而成之粒子,該二氧化矽微粒子的平均粒徑較佳為0.005μm至1μm。含自由基聚合性不飽 和基之有機化合物中的前述官能基只要可與二氧化矽微粒子中的前述矽烷醇基反應,則並無特別限定。 The cerium oxide microparticles to which the radical polymerizable unsaturated group-containing organic compound is bonded, for example, may be exemplified by a decyl alcohol group and a radical polymerizable unsaturated group-containing organic compound present on the surface of the cerium oxide microparticles. The particles obtained by reacting the functional groups preferably have an average particle diameter of from 0.005 μm to 1 μm. Free radical polymerization The aforementioned functional group in the organic compound of the group is not particularly limited as long as it can react with the aforementioned stanol group in the ceria microparticles.

作為具有前述官能基之含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物,例如可列舉下述通式(1)所表示之化合物等。 Examples of the organic compound containing a radical polymerizable unsaturated group having the above functional group include a compound represented by the following formula (1).

(式中,R1為氫原子或甲基;R2為鹵素原子或下述式(2a)至式(2f)中的任一者所表示之基) (wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; and R 2 is a halogen atom or a group represented by any one of the following formulas (2a) to (2f))

作為R2中的前述鹵素原子,例如可列舉:氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。 Examples of the halogen atom in R 2 include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

作為較佳的前述含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯醯氯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-異氰酸酯基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸2,3-亞胺基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基)三甲氧基矽烷等。 Examples of the preferred radical polymerizable unsaturated group-containing organic compound include (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylonitrile chloride, 2-isocyanate ethyl (meth)acrylate, and (methyl). ) glycidyl acrylate, 2,3-iminopropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (3-(meth)acryloxypropyl)trimethoxydecane, and the like.

本發明中,前述含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 In the present invention, the organic compound containing a radical polymerizable unsaturated group may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

成分(α)中,二氧化矽溶膠、及鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子可分別僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 In the component (α), the cerium oxide sol and the cerium oxide fine particles to which the organic compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated group is bonded may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為成分(α),可僅使用二氧化矽溶膠,亦可僅使用前述鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子,還可併用二氧化矽溶膠及前述鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子。 As the component (α), only the cerium oxide sol may be used, or only the cerium oxide microparticles to which the organic compound containing a radical polymerizable unsaturated group is bonded may be used, and the cerium oxide sol and the aforementioned bonding may be used in combination. A cerium oxide microparticle having an organic compound containing a radical polymerizable unsaturated group.

前述塗佈組成物中的成分(α)的含量較佳為根據前述支持片的折射率進行選擇,通常較佳為使前述塗層中的源自成分(α)之二氧化矽的含量成為20質量%至60質量%之量。藉由二氧化矽的前述含量為前述下限值以上,使塗層的折射率降低之功效、及抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片中產生捲曲之功效變得更高。另外,藉由二氧化矽的前述含量為前述上限值以下,更容易形成塗層,並且抑制塗層硬度降低之功效變得更高。 The content of the component (α) in the coating composition is preferably selected according to the refractive index of the support sheet, and it is usually preferred that the content of the cerium oxide derived from the component (α) in the coating layer is 20 The amount of mass% to 60% by mass. When the content of the cerium oxide is at least the above lower limit value, the effect of lowering the refractive index of the coating layer and suppressing the occurrence of curling in the composite sheet for forming a protective film become higher. Further, when the content of the cerium oxide is at most the above upper limit value, the coating layer is more easily formed, and the effect of suppressing the decrease in the hardness of the coating layer becomes higher.

就上述塗層的折射率、形成容易性及硬度、以及抑制 保護膜形成用複合片中產生捲曲之性質變得更良好而言,塗層中的源自成分(α)之二氧化矽的含量更佳為20質量%至45質量%。 The refractive index, ease of formation and hardness of the above coating, and inhibition The content of the cerium oxide derived from the component (α) in the coating layer is more preferably from 20% by mass to 45% by mass in terms of the fact that the property of generating curl in the composite sheet for forming a protective film becomes better.

[成分(β)] [ingredient (β)]

前述成分(β)為形成前述塗層之主要的光硬化性成分。 The aforementioned component (β) is a main photocurable component that forms the aforementioned coating layer.

前述成分(β)中的多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體只要為於1分子中具有2個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物,則並無特別限定。 The polyfunctional acrylate monomer in the component (β) is not particularly limited as long as it is a (meth)acrylic acid derivative having two or more (meth)acrylonyl groups in one molecule.

作為較佳的前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體,例如可列舉:1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥基特戊酸新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、己內酯改性二(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯、環氧乙烷改性磷酸二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、烯丙基化環己基二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙酸改性二季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烷改性三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙酸改性二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己內酯改性二季戊四 醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Preferred examples of the polyfunctional acrylate monomer include 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, and neopentane. Glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, hydroxypivalic acid neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl di(meth)acrylate, Lactone modified dicyclopentenyl di(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide modified di(meth)acrylate, allylated cyclohexyl di(meth)acrylate, isocyanurate Di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, propionic acid modified dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tris(methyl) Acrylate, propylene oxide modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid tris(propylene methoxyethyl) ester, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, propionic acid Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, caprolactone modified dipentaerythritol Alcohol hexa(meth) acrylate or the like.

前述成分(β)中的丙烯酸酯系預聚物只要為利用(甲基)丙烯酸酯而具有光硬化性之聚合物或低聚物,則並無特別限定。 The acrylate-based prepolymer in the component (β) is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer or oligomer having photocurability by (meth) acrylate.

作為較佳的前述丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉:聚酯丙烯酸酯系預聚物、環氧丙烯酸酯系預聚物、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯系預聚物、多元醇丙烯酸酯系預聚物等。 Preferred examples of the acrylate-based prepolymer include a polyester acrylate prepolymer, an epoxy acrylate prepolymer, an urethane acrylate prepolymer, and a polyol acrylate. Prepolymer, etc.

作為前述聚酯丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉藉由下述方式而獲得之預聚物:藉由多元羧酸與多元醇之縮合反應而獲得於分子的兩末端具有羥基之聚酯低聚物,利用(甲基)丙烯酸將所獲得之聚酯低聚物的前述羥基酯化;使多元羧酸與環氧烷進行加成反應而獲得低聚物,利用(甲基)丙烯酸將所獲得之低聚物的末端的羥基酯化。 Examples of the polyester acrylate-based prepolymer include a prepolymer obtained by a condensation reaction of a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol to obtain a polyester having a hydroxyl group at both terminals of the molecule. a polymer obtained by esterifying the aforementioned hydroxyl group of the obtained polyester oligomer with (meth)acrylic acid; and subjecting the polyvalent carboxylic acid to an alkylene oxide addition reaction to obtain an oligomer, using (meth)acrylic acid The hydroxyl group of the terminal of the obtained oligomer is esterified.

作為前述環氧丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉藉由下述方式而獲得之預聚物:使相對較低分子量的雙酚型環氧樹脂或酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂的環氧乙烷環(oxirane ring)與(甲基)丙烯酸反應而進行酯化。 Examples of the epoxy acrylate-based prepolymer include a prepolymer obtained by making a relatively low molecular weight bisphenol type epoxy resin or a novolac type epoxy resin. The oxirane ring is reacted with (meth)acrylic acid for esterification.

作為前述丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉藉由下述方式而獲得之預聚物:藉由聚醚多元醇或聚酯多元醇與多異氰酸酯之反應而獲得聚胺基甲酸酯低聚物,利用(甲基)丙烯酸將所獲得之聚胺基甲酸酯低聚物酯化。 As the urethane-based prepolymer, for example, a prepolymer obtained by reacting a polyether polyol or a polyester polyol with a polyisocyanate to obtain a polyamino group can be exemplified. An acid ester oligomer, which is obtained by esterifying the obtained polyurethane oligomer with (meth)acrylic acid.

作為前述多元醇丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉藉由 下述方式而獲得之預聚物:利用(甲基)丙烯酸將聚醚多元醇的羥基酯化。 The polyol acrylate-based prepolymer is exemplified by, for example, A prepolymer obtained by esterifying a hydroxyl group of a polyether polyol with (meth)acrylic acid.

成分(β)中,前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體及丙烯酸酯系預聚物可分別僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 In the component (β), the polyfunctional acrylate monomer and the acrylate prepolymer may each be one type or two or more types.

作為成分(β),可僅使用前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體,亦可僅使用前述丙烯酸酯系預聚物,還可併用前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體及丙烯酸酯系預聚物。 As the component (β), only the above-mentioned polyfunctional acrylate monomer may be used, or only the above acrylate prepolymer may be used, and the polyfunctional acrylate monomer and acrylate prepolymer may be used in combination. .

[溶劑] [solvent]

前述塗佈組成物較佳為除成分(α)及成分(β)以外進一步含有溶劑。藉由塗佈組成物含有溶劑,如後所述,可更容易地將塗佈組成物塗敷及乾燥,而形成用以形成塗層之塗膜。 The coating composition preferably further contains a solvent in addition to the component (α) and the component (β). By coating the composition containing a solvent, as described later, the coating composition can be more easily applied and dried to form a coating film for forming a coating layer.

前述溶劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為前述溶劑,例如可列舉:己烷、庚烷、環己烷等脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴;二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷等鹵代烴;甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等醇;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、2-戊酮、異佛爾酮、環己酮等酮;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等酯;2-乙氧基乙醇(乙基溶纖劑)等溶纖劑等。 Examples of the solvent include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, and cyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane and dichloroethane; and methanol, ethanol, and propanol. , butanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol and other alcohols; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 2-pentanone, isophorone, cyclohexanone and other ketones; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate and other esters ; cellulite such as 2-ethoxyethanol (ethyl cellosolve).

[任意成分] [arbitrary ingredients]

前述塗佈組成物中,除成分(α)及成分(β)以外,亦可在無損本發明的功效之範圍內,含有單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體、光聚合起始劑、光增感劑、聚合抑制劑、交聯劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑、調平劑、消泡劑等各種任意成分。 The coating composition may contain, in addition to the component (α) and the component (β), a monofunctional acrylate monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, and a photosensitization, within the scope of the effects of the present invention. Various optional components such as a agent, a polymerization inhibitor, a crosslinking agent, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, a leveling agent, and an antifoaming agent.

前述任意成分可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 The above-mentioned arbitrary components may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體) (monofunctional acrylate monomer)

作為任意成分之前述單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體為光硬化性成分,只要為於1分子中僅具有1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物,則並無特別限定。 The monofunctional acrylate-based monomer which is an optional component is a photocurable component, and is not particularly limited as long as it is a (meth)acrylic acid derivative having only one (meth)acryl fluorenyl group in one molecule. .

作為較佳的前述單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯等。 Preferred examples of the monofunctional acrylate-based monomer include cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, and dodecyl (meth)acrylate ( Lauryl (meth)acrylate), octadecyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), isobornyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

(光聚合起始劑) (photopolymerization initiator)

作為任意成分之前述光聚合起始劑可列舉:針對自由基聚合以往所使用之公知的光聚合起始劑。 The photopolymerization initiator which is an optional component is a known photopolymerization initiator which has been conventionally used for radical polymerization.

作為較佳的前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:苯乙酮系化合物、二苯甲酮系化合物、烷基胺基二苯甲酮系化合物、苯偶醯系化合物、安息香系化合物、安息香醚系化合 物、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮系化合物、苯甲醯苯甲酸酯系化合物、α-醯基肟酯系化合物等芳基酮系光聚合起始劑;硫醚系化合物、噻噸酮系化合物等含硫系光聚合起始劑;醯基二芳基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦系化合物;蒽醌系化合物等。 Preferred examples of the photopolymerization initiator include an acetophenone-based compound, a benzophenone-based compound, an alkylaminobenzophenone-based compound, a benzoin-based compound, a benzoin-based compound, and a benzoin. Ether combination An aryl ketone photopolymerization initiator such as a benzophenone dimethyl ketal compound, a benzamidine benzoate compound or an α-mercapto oxime compound; a thioether compound and a thioxanthone A sulfur-containing photopolymerization initiator such as a compound; a fluorenylphosphine oxide compound such as a mercapto diarylphosphine oxide; an anthraquinone compound.

再者,於藉由照射電子束使前述塗佈組成物硬化之情形時,無需光聚合起始劑。 Further, in the case where the coating composition is hardened by irradiation of an electron beam, a photopolymerization initiator is not required.

前述塗佈組成物中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於光硬化性成分的總含量100質量份,較佳為0.2質量份至10質量份,更佳為0.5質量份至7質量份。 In the coating composition, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably from 0.2 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.5 part by mass to 7 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total content of the photocurable component.

(光增感劑) (light sensitizer)

作為前述光增感劑,例如可列舉:三級胺類、對二甲胺基苯甲酸酯、硫醇系增感劑等。 Examples of the photosensitizer include tertiary amines, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid esters, and thiol-based sensitizers.

前述塗佈組成物中,光增感劑的含量相對於光硬化性成分的總含量100質量份,較佳為1質量份至20質量份,更佳為2質量份至10質量份。 In the coating composition, the content of the photosensitizer is preferably from 1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 2 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total content of the photocurable component.

(抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑) (antioxidant, UV absorber, light stabilizer)

前述抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑及光穩定劑可為公知的化合物,但較佳為於分子內具有(甲基)丙烯醯基等之反應型的抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑及光穩定劑。該等抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑及光穩定劑鍵結於藉由照射能量線而形 成之聚合物鏈上,因此可抑制隨時間經過自硬化層逸散,從而長期發揮該等成分的功能。 The antioxidant, the ultraviolet absorber, and the light stabilizer may be known compounds, but a reaction type antioxidant such as a (meth) acrylonitrile group, a UV absorber, and a light stabilizer are preferably used in the molecule. The antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, and light stabilizers are bonded by irradiation of energy lines In the polymer chain, it is possible to inhibit the self-hardening layer from escaping over time, thereby exerting the functions of the components for a long period of time.

前述塗佈組成物較佳為含有二氧化矽溶膠作為成分(α),更佳為含有以膠體狀態懸浮之二氧化矽微粒子的平均粒徑為0.03μm至0.05μm之二氧化矽溶膠。 The coating composition preferably contains a cerium oxide sol as a component (α), and more preferably a cerium oxide sol having an average particle diameter of 0.03 μm to 0.05 μm containing cerium oxide fine particles suspended in a colloidal state.

藉由前述塗層含有此種二氧化矽溶膠,抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連之功效變得更高。並且,前述塗層中,此種二氧化矽溶膠在與支持片側為相反側的表面或其附近區域,較其他區域更多地存在而偏集存在,藉此抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連之功效變得更高。前述塗層中,為了使二氧化矽溶膠等含有成分偏集存在,調節前述塗佈組成物之塗敷條件即可。 When the coating layer contains such a cerium oxide sol, the effect of suppressing the adhesion of the composite sheet for forming a protective film becomes higher. Further, in the coating layer, such a cerium oxide sol is present on the surface opposite to the side of the support sheet or in a region in the vicinity thereof, and is more concentrated than the other regions, thereby suppressing the formation of the composite sheet for forming a protective film. The effect of adhesion becomes higher. In the coating layer, in order to polarize the components contained in the cerium oxide sol or the like, the coating conditions of the coating composition may be adjusted.

<<塗佈組成物的製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of coating composition>>

塗佈組成物例如可藉由下述方式而獲得:將成分(α)及成分(β)等能量線聚合性化合物、及視需要的該等能量線聚合性化合物以外的成分等用以構成塗佈組成物之各成分加以調配。塗佈組成物例如可利用除調配成分不同之方面以外與上述黏著劑組成物之情形相同之方法獲得。 The coating composition can be obtained, for example, by using an energy ray polymerizable compound such as the component (α) and the component (β), and optionally other components other than the energy ray polymerizable compound. The components of the cloth composition are formulated. The coating composition can be obtained, for example, by the same method as the above-described adhesive composition except for the difference in the formulation components.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用,即,將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用,即,不將溶劑以外的任一種調配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與該等調配成分混合。 When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing a solvent with any of the formulation components other than the solvent to preliminarily dilute the formulation component; or by using the solvent in the following manner, that is, not using the solvent Any of the other ingredients to be mixed is previously diluted to mix the solvent with the ingredients.

塗佈組成物中的溶劑以外的成分可溶解,亦可不溶解而分散。並且,關於塗佈組成物中的各成分的濃度或黏度,只要使得塗佈組成物能夠塗敷,則並無特別限定。 The components other than the solvent in the coating composition may be dissolved or may be dispersed without being dissolved. Further, the concentration or viscosity of each component in the coating composition is not particularly limited as long as the coating composition can be applied.

◎保護膜形成用複合片的製造方法 ◎Method for producing a composite sheet for forming a protective film

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片可藉由下述方式而製造,即,使用前述保護膜形成用組成物形成保護膜形成用膜,使用前述塗佈組成物形成塗層,依序積層塗層、支持片及保護膜形成用膜。於支持片由複數層構成之情形時,只要積層該等多個層而製作支持片即可。例如,於支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成之情形時,只要使用前述黏著劑組成物形成黏著劑層即可。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention can be produced by forming a film for forming a protective film using the composition for forming a protective film, forming a coating layer by using the coating composition, and sequentially laminating a coating layer. , a support sheet and a film for forming a protective film. In the case where the support sheet is composed of a plurality of layers, it is only necessary to laminate the plurality of layers to form a support sheet. For example, when the support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive, an adhesive layer may be formed using the above-described adhesive composition.

構成保護膜形成用複合片之各層(塗層、支持片、保護膜形成用膜)的形成順序並無特別限定。再者,由組成物形成該等各層時,可於保護膜形成用複合片之狀態下鄰接之層的表面上直接形成,亦可另行使用剝離膜(剝離片)而於該剝離膜(剝離片)的表面上形成,再將該形成層貼合於保護膜形成用複合片之狀態下鄰接之層的表面。但是,為了抑制於塗層與支持片的凹凸面(背面)之間產生空隙部,較佳為於支持片的凹凸面直接塗敷塗佈組成物而形成塗層。 The order of formation of each layer (coating layer, support sheet, and film for forming a protective film) constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film is not particularly limited. In addition, when the respective layers are formed of the composition, the surface of the layer adjacent to the protective film may be directly formed on the surface of the layer, or a release film (release sheet) may be separately used for the release film (release sheet). The surface is formed on the surface, and the formed layer is bonded to the surface of the layer adjacent to the composite sheet for forming a protective film. However, in order to suppress the occurrence of voids between the coating layer and the uneven surface (back surface) of the support sheet, it is preferred to apply a coating composition directly to the uneven surface of the support sheet to form a coating layer.

以下,對保護膜形成用複合片的較佳製造方法的一例進行說明。 Hereinafter, an example of a preferred method for producing a composite sheet for forming a protective film will be described.

塗層較佳為藉由下述方式而形成,即,於支持片的凹凸面(圖1及圖2中為支持片10的背面10b,亦即基材11的背面11b)塗敷塗佈組成物並使之乾燥,且視需要使所形成之塗膜硬化。 The coating layer is preferably formed by coating a coating composition on the uneven surface of the support sheet (the back surface 10b of the support sheet 10 in FIGS. 1 and 2, that is, the back surface 11b of the substrate 11). The material is allowed to dry and the formed coating film is hardened as needed.

利用公知的方法向對象面塗敷塗佈組成物即可,例如可列舉使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、繞線棒式塗佈機、接觸式塗佈機等。 The coating composition may be applied to the target surface by a known method, and examples thereof include the following various coating machines: an air knife coater, a knife coater, a bar coater, and a gravure coater. Roll coater, roll coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, wire bar coater, contact coater, etc. .

於將塗佈組成物塗敷於支持片的凹凸面之情形時,較佳為抑制於塗層與支持片的凹凸面之間產生空隙部。藉由抑制前述空隙部之產生,可抑制於塗層與支持片的凹凸面之交界處光發生漫反射,從而可對保護膜的表面更清晰地進行雷射印字。 In the case where the coating composition is applied to the uneven surface of the support sheet, it is preferable to prevent the occurrence of voids between the coating layer and the uneven surface of the support sheet. By suppressing the generation of the above-mentioned void portion, it is possible to suppress diffused reflection of light at the boundary between the coating layer and the uneven surface of the support sheet, and it is possible to perform laser printing on the surface of the protective film more clearly.

為了抑制前述空隙部之產生,例如較佳為使用黏度小的塗佈組成物。另外,含有能量線聚合性化合物之塗佈組成物通常適於抑制前述空隙部之產生。 In order to suppress the occurrence of the above-described void portion, for example, it is preferred to use a coating composition having a small viscosity. Further, the coating composition containing the energy ray polymerizable compound is generally suitable for suppressing the generation of the aforementioned void portion.

塗佈組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,但塗佈組成物較佳為進行加熱乾燥,該情形時,例如較佳為於70℃至130℃且0.5分鐘至5分鐘之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the coating composition are not particularly limited, but the coating composition is preferably subjected to heat drying. In this case, for example, drying is preferably carried out at 70 ° C to 130 ° C for 0.5 minutes to 5 minutes.

由塗佈組成物形成之塗膜之硬化條件並無特別限定,利用公知的方法進行即可。 The curing conditions of the coating film formed of the coating composition are not particularly limited, and may be carried out by a known method.

於藉由照射能量線進行硬化之情形時,例如當照射紫外線時,使用高壓水銀燈、融合H型燈、氙氣燈、黑光燈或LED燈等作為紫外線源,將照射量設為較佳為100mJ/cm2至500mJ/cm2而進行照射即可。另一方面,當照射電子束時,藉由電子束加速器等產生電子束,將照射量設為較佳為150kV至350kV而進行照射即可。其中,較佳為藉由照射紫外線而形成塗層。 In the case of hardening by irradiation of an energy ray, for example, when irradiating ultraviolet rays, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fused H-type lamp, a xenon lamp, a black lamp, or an LED lamp is used as an ultraviolet source, and the irradiation amount is preferably set to 100 mJ/ It is sufficient to irradiate at a temperature of 2 to 500 mJ/cm 2 . On the other hand, when an electron beam is irradiated, an electron beam is generated by an electron beam accelerator or the like, and irradiation is preferably performed at 150 kV to 350 kV. Among them, it is preferred to form a coating by irradiating ultraviolet rays.

於支持片例如由基材及黏著劑層積層而成之情形時,黏著劑層可於具備塗層之基材的表面(圖1及圖2中為基材11的表面11a)直接塗敷黏著劑組成物而形成。但是,通常較佳為採用以下預先另行形成黏著劑層,並將該黏著劑層貼合於基材的表面之方法:例如於剝離片的剝離處理面塗敷黏著劑組成物並使之乾燥,藉此形成黏著劑層,將所形成之黏著劑層貼合於基材的表面,並將前述剝離片移除等。 When the support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive, for example, the adhesive layer can be directly applied to the surface of the coated substrate (the surface 11a of the substrate 11 in FIGS. 1 and 2). Formed from the composition of the agent. However, it is generally preferred to employ a method in which an adhesive layer is separately formed in advance and the adhesive layer is bonded to the surface of the substrate: for example, the adhesive composition is applied to the release-treated surface of the release sheet and dried. Thereby, an adhesive layer is formed, the formed adhesive layer is bonded to the surface of the substrate, and the release sheet is removed or the like.

可利用與塗佈組成物之情形相同之方法,向對象面塗敷黏著劑組成物。 The adhesive composition can be applied to the surface of the object by the same method as in the case of coating the composition.

所塗敷之黏著劑組成物可藉由進行加熱而交聯,該利 用加熱之交聯亦可與乾燥一起進行。加熱條件例如可設為100℃至130℃且1分鐘至5分鐘,但並不限定於此。 The applied adhesive composition can be crosslinked by heating, which is advantageous Crosslinking by heating can also be carried out together with drying. The heating conditions can be, for example, 100 ° C to 130 ° C and 1 minute to 5 minutes, but are not limited thereto.

於支持片僅由基材構成等由一層(單層)構成之情形、及例如支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成等由複數層構成之情形中的任一情形時,均可於具備塗層之支持片的表面(圖1及圖2中為支持片10的表面10a,亦即黏著劑層12的表面12a)直接塗敷保護膜形成用組成物,形成保護膜形成用膜。但是,通常較佳為與上述黏著劑層之情形同樣地採用以下預先另行形成保護膜形成用膜,並將該保護膜形成用膜貼合於支持片的表面之方法:於剝離片的剝離處理面塗敷保護膜形成用組成物並使之乾燥,藉此形成保護膜形成用膜,將所形成之保護膜形成用膜貼合於支持片的表面,視需要將前述剝離片移除等。 In the case where the support sheet is composed of a single layer (single layer) such as a substrate, and, for example, any of the case where the support sheet is composed of a substrate and an adhesive layer, and the like, The surface of the coated support sheet (the surface 10a of the support sheet 10 in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, that is, the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12) is directly coated with a composition for forming a protective film to form a film for forming a protective film. However, in the same manner as in the case of the above-mentioned adhesive layer, the film for forming a protective film is separately formed, and the film for forming a protective film is bonded to the surface of the support sheet: peeling treatment of the release sheet The film for protective film formation is applied to the surface and dried to form a film for forming a protective film, and the formed film for forming a protective film is bonded to the surface of the support sheet, and the release sheet is removed as necessary.

利用與塗佈組成物之情形相同之方法,向對象面塗敷保護膜形成用組成物。 The composition for forming a protective film is applied to the target surface by the same method as in the case of coating the composition.

保護膜形成用組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,可利用與塗佈組成物之情形相同之方法進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the composition for forming a protective film are not particularly limited, and drying can be carried out by the same method as in the case of applying the composition.

於支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成之情形時,本發明之保護膜形成用複合片亦可利用上述方法以外的方法進行製造。例如,亦可藉由下述方式而製造保護膜形成用複合片,即,使用前述黏著劑組成物形成黏著劑層,使用 前述保護膜形成用組成物形成保護膜形成用膜後,重疊該等黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜而製成積層體,於該積層體的前述黏著劑層的表面(黏著劑層的未設置保護膜形成用膜的面)貼合具備塗層之基材的表面(圖1及圖2中為基材11的表面11a)。 In the case where the support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention can also be produced by a method other than the above method. For example, a composite sheet for forming a protective film can be produced by forming an adhesive layer using the above-described adhesive composition, and using After the protective film forming composition is formed into a film for forming a protective film, the adhesive layer and the film for forming a protective film are laminated to form a laminate, and the surface of the adhesive layer of the laminate (the adhesive layer is not The surface of the substrate on which the coating film is formed is bonded to the surface of the substrate having the coating layer (the surface 11a of the substrate 11 in FIGS. 1 and 2).

該情形時之黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜之形成條件與上述方法之情形相同。 In this case, the conditions for forming the film for the adhesive layer and the film for forming a protective film are the same as those of the above method.

例如,於製造如圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片,即自上方往下俯視保護膜形成用複合片時,保護膜形成用膜的表面積小於黏著劑層的表面積之保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,上述製造方法中,將預先切成預定之大小及形狀之保護膜形成用膜設置於黏著劑層上即可。 For example, in the case of producing a composite sheet for forming a protective film as shown in FIG. 1 , when the composite sheet for forming a protective film is viewed from above, the surface area of the film for forming a protective film is smaller than the surface area of the adhesive layer. In the case of the above-mentioned manufacturing method, the film for forming a protective film which has been previously cut into a predetermined size and shape may be provided on the adhesive layer.

◎保護膜形成用複合片的使用方法 ◎How to use the composite sheet for forming a protective film

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的使用方法例如如下所示。 The method of using the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is as follows, for example.

首先,對保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之情形時之保護膜形成用複合片的使用方法進行說明。 First, a method of using the composite sheet for forming a protective film in the case where the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting will be described.

該情形時,首先,於保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜貼附半導體晶圓的背面,並且將保護膜形成用複合片固定於切割裝置。 In this case, first, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is attached to the film for forming a protective film of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film is fixed to the dicing apparatus.

繼而,藉由加熱使保護膜形成用膜硬化而製成保護膜。於半導體晶圓的表面(電極形成面)貼附有背面研磨帶 之情形時,通常將該背面研磨帶自半導體晶圓移除後形成保護膜。 Then, the film for forming a protective film is cured by heating to form a protective film. A back grinding tape is attached to the surface (electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer In this case, the back grinding tape is usually removed from the semiconductor wafer to form a protective film.

繼而,切割半導體晶圓而製成半導體晶片。在形成保護膜起至進行切割之期間,可自保護膜形成用複合片的塗層側對保護膜照射雷射光,對保護膜的表面進行印字。該情形時,如上文所說明般,塗層中的與和支持片接觸之側為相反側的面(背面)的表面粗糙度Ra足夠小,塗層的前述背面為平滑面,或成為凹凸程度受到抑制之面。因此,照射雷射光時,可抑制雷射光於塗層的前述背面發生漫反射,從而可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 Then, the semiconductor wafer is diced to form a semiconductor wafer. During the formation of the protective film to the dicing, the protective film may be irradiated with laser light from the coating side of the composite sheet for forming a protective film to print the surface of the protective film. In this case, as described above, the surface roughness Ra of the surface (back surface) on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet in the coating layer is sufficiently small, and the aforementioned back surface of the coating layer is a smooth surface or a degree of unevenness. Suppressed. Therefore, when the laser light is irradiated, it is possible to suppress the diffuse reflection of the laser light on the aforementioned back surface of the coating layer, so that the protective film can be clearly subjected to laser printing.

另外,針對進行切割之前的半導體晶圓或進行切割而獲得之半導體晶片,有時藉由紅外線相機等自前述半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面(貼附有保護膜形成用複合片之面)側進行觀察,藉此檢測狀態。例如,當為半導體晶片時,有時檢測該半導體晶片有無缺口或裂紋等破損。 In addition, the semiconductor wafer obtained by cutting the semiconductor wafer before dicing or dicing may be from the back surface of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer (the surface of the composite sheet for forming a protective film) by an infrared camera or the like. Observe and thereby check the status. For example, when it is a semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer may be detected to be damaged by a chip or a crack.

另一方面,本發明之附有保護膜之半導體晶片中,如上所述,塗層中的與和支持片接觸之側為相反側的面(背面)的表面粗糙度Ra足夠小,進一步抑制於塗層與支持片的凹凸面(背面)之間產生空隙部。因此,藉由紅外線相機等自塗層側經由保護膜形成用複合片觀察半導體晶圓或半導體晶片時,可獲取清晰的檢測圖像,因此可高精度地進行檢測。 On the other hand, in the semiconductor wafer with a protective film of the present invention, as described above, the surface roughness Ra of the surface (back surface) on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet in the coating layer is sufficiently small, and is further suppressed. A gap is formed between the coating and the uneven surface (back surface) of the support sheet. Therefore, when the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer is observed through the protective film forming composite sheet from the coating side by an infrared camera or the like, a clear detection image can be obtained, and thus the detection can be performed with high precision.

繼而,自支持片,將半導體晶片與貼附於該半導體晶片的背面之保護膜一起剝離而進行拾取,藉此獲得附有保護膜之半導體晶片。例如,於支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成,且前述黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之情形時,藉由照射能量線而使黏著劑層硬化,自該硬化後的黏著劑層,將半導體晶片與貼附於該半導體晶片的背面之保護膜一起拾取,藉此更容易地獲得附有保護膜之半導體晶片。 Then, from the support sheet, the semiconductor wafer is peeled off together with the protective film attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, and the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is obtained. For example, when the support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive, and the adhesive layer is energy ray-curable, the adhesive layer is cured by irradiation of the energy ray, and the adhesive layer is cured. The semiconductor wafer is picked up together with a protective film attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, whereby the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is more easily obtained.

例如,於使用圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1之情形時,於保護膜形成用複合片1的保護膜形成用膜13貼附半導體晶圓的背面,並且將露出之支持片10(黏著劑層12)貼附於環狀框等切割用治具(省略圖示),從而將保護膜形成用複合片1固定於切割裝置。繼而,使保護膜形成用膜13硬化而製成保護膜後,對保護膜進行雷射印字,繼而進行切割,視需要藉由照射能量線,而使黏著劑層12的除貼附於前述治具之部位以外的區域硬化,然後拾取附有保護膜之半導體晶片即可。如此,於使用黏著劑層12為能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用複合片1之情形時,必須以不使保護膜形成用複合片1自前述治具剝離且不使黏著劑層12的特定區域硬化之方式進行調節。另一方面,於使用保護膜形成用複合片1之情形時,無需另行設置將用以將該保護膜形成用複合片1貼附於前述治具之構成。 For example, when the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation shown in FIG. 1 is used, the protective film forming film 13 of the protective film forming composite sheet 1 is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, and the exposed supporting sheet 10 is exposed. (Adhesive layer 12) is attached to a cutting jig (not shown) such as a ring frame, and the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film is fixed to a cutting device. Then, after the protective film forming film 13 is cured to form a protective film, the protective film is subjected to laser printing, followed by cutting, and the adhesive layer 12 is attached to the above treatment by irradiating the energy ray as necessary. The region other than the portion is hardened, and then the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is picked up. When the adhesive layer 12 is an energy ray-curable composite film 1 for forming a protective film, it is necessary to prevent the protective film forming composite sheet 1 from being peeled off from the jig and not to make the adhesive layer 12 specific. The mode of zone hardening is adjusted. On the other hand, in the case of using the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, it is not necessary to separately provide a structure for attaching the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film to the jig.

相對於此,於使用圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片2之情形時,於保護膜形成用複合片2之保護膜形成用膜23貼附半導體晶圓的背面,並且將治具用接著劑層16貼附於環狀框等切割用治具(省略圖示),從而將保護膜形成用複合片2固定於切割裝置。繼而,使保護膜形成用膜23硬化而製成保護膜後,對保護膜進行雷射印字,繼而進行切割,視需要藉由照射能量線而使黏著劑層12硬化,然後拾取附有保護膜之半導體晶片即可。如此,於使用黏著劑層12為能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用複合片2之情形時,與使用保護膜形成用複合片1之情形不同,無需以不使黏著劑層12的特定區域硬化之方式進行調節。另一方面,與保護膜形成用複合片1不同,保護膜形成用複合片2必須具備治具用接著劑層16。藉由具備治具用接著劑層16,黏著劑層12可根據目的選擇範圍廣泛的組成。 On the other hand, when the composite sheet 2 for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 is used, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is attached to the film 23 for protective film formation of the composite sheet 2 for protective film formation, and the jig is used for the jig. The adhesive layer 16 is attached to a cutting jig (not shown) such as a ring frame to fix the protective film forming composite sheet 2 to the cutting device. Then, after the protective film forming film 23 is cured to form a protective film, the protective film is subjected to laser printing, followed by cutting, and the adhesive layer 12 is hardened by irradiating the energy ray as necessary, and then the protective film is picked up. The semiconductor wafer can be used. When the adhesive sheet 12 is used as the energy ray-curable composite film 2 for forming a protective film, unlike the case of using the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, it is not necessary to harden a specific region of the adhesive layer 12. The way to adjust. On the other hand, unlike the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film must have the adhesive layer 16 for a jig. By having the adhesive layer 16 for the jig, the adhesive layer 12 can be selected in a wide range of compositions depending on the purpose.

其次,對保護膜形成用膜為能量線硬化性之情形時之保護膜形成用複合片的使用方法進行說明。 Next, a method of using the composite sheet for forming a protective film in the case where the film for forming a protective film is energy ray curable is described.

該情形時,首先,與上述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之情形同樣地,於保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜貼附半導體晶圓的背面,並且將保護膜形成用複合片固定於切割裝置。 In this case, in the same manner as in the case where the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting, the film for protective film formation of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, and the composite film for forming a protective film is formed. The sheet is fixed to the cutting device.

繼而,藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成用膜硬化而製成保護膜。於半導體晶圓的表面(電極形成面)貼附有背面研 磨帶之情形時,通常將該背面研磨帶自半導體晶圓移除後形成保護膜。 Then, the film for forming a protective film is cured by irradiation of an energy ray to form a protective film. Attached to the surface of the semiconductor wafer (electrode forming surface) In the case of a belt, the back grinding belt is usually removed from the semiconductor wafer to form a protective film.

繼而,切割半導體晶圓而製成半導體晶片。在形成保護膜起至進行切割之期間,可自保護膜形成用複合片的塗層側對保護膜照射雷射光,對保護膜的表面進行印字。自該印字起至切割為止這一過程可與上述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之情形同樣地進行,與該情形同樣地,可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字,可藉由紅外線相機等高精度地進行檢測。 Then, the semiconductor wafer is diced to form a semiconductor wafer. During the formation of the protective film to the dicing, the protective film may be irradiated with laser light from the coating side of the composite sheet for forming a protective film to print the surface of the protective film. The process from the printing to the cutting can be performed in the same manner as in the case where the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting. In the same manner as this case, the protective film can be clearly subjected to laser printing by an infrared camera. The detection is performed with high precision.

繼而,自支持片,將半導體晶片與貼附於該半導體晶片的背面之保護膜一起剝離而進行拾取,藉此獲得附有保護膜之半導體晶片。 Then, from the support sheet, the semiconductor wafer is peeled off together with the protective film attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, and the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is obtained.

該方法例如於以下情形時尤佳:使用支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成,且前述黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性之複合片作為保護膜形成用複合片。再者,此處對藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成用膜硬化後再切割半導體晶圓並拾取附有保護膜之半導體晶片之情形進行了說明,但於前述黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性之情形時,可在拾取半導體晶片之前的任一階段,藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成用膜硬化。 This method is particularly preferably used in the case where a support sheet is laminated with a substrate and an adhesive, and the adhesive layer is a non-energy-curable composite sheet as a composite sheet for forming a protective film. In the case where the film for forming a protective film is cured by irradiation of an energy ray, and then the semiconductor wafer is diced and the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is picked up, the adhesive layer is non-energy hardened. In the case of the property, the film for forming a protective film can be hardened by irradiating the energy ray at any stage before the semiconductor wafer is picked up.

例如,於使用支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成,且 前述黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,較佳為以下說明之方法。 For example, a support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive, and In the case where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is an energy ray-curable composite film for forming a protective film, the method described below is preferred.

亦即,首先,與上述情形同樣地,於保護膜形成用複合片的保護膜形成用膜貼附半導體晶圓的背面,並且將保護膜形成用複合片固定於切割裝置。 In other words, in the same manner as the above, the film for protective film formation of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film is fixed to the dicing apparatus.

繼而,自保護膜形成用複合片的塗層側對保護膜照射雷射光,對保護膜的表面進行印字,進一步切割半導體晶圓而製成半導體晶片。自該印字起至切割為止這一過程可與上述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之情形同樣地進行,與該情形同樣地,可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字,可藉由紅外線相機等高精度地進行檢測。 Then, the protective film is irradiated with laser light from the coating side of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, and the surface of the protective film is printed to further cut the semiconductor wafer to form a semiconductor wafer. The process from the printing to the cutting can be performed in the same manner as in the case where the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting. In the same manner as this case, the protective film can be clearly subjected to laser printing by an infrared camera. The detection is performed with high precision.

繼而,藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成用膜硬化而製成保護膜,並且使黏著劑層硬化,自該硬化後的黏著劑層,將半導體晶片與貼附於該半導體晶片的背面之保護膜一起拾取,藉此獲得附有保護膜之半導體晶片。 Then, the protective film forming film is cured by irradiation of the energy ray to form a protective film, and the adhesive layer is cured, and the semiconductor wafer and the back surface of the semiconductor wafer are protected from the cured adhesive layer. The films are picked up together, thereby obtaining a semiconductor wafer with a protective film.

另一方面,於捲取長條的保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,通常使用於保護膜形成用膜的露出面上積層有剝離膜(圖1及圖2中為剝離膜15)之狀態之保護膜形成用複合片。並且,本發明之保護膜形成用複合片無論為何種構成(例如為圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1及圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片2之任一者),隨著將保護膜形成用複合片捲取成輥狀,依序積層有塗層、支持片、保護膜形 成用膜及剝離膜之積層單元均沿輥的徑向依次層疊。結果為,在輥的徑向上相互接觸之積層單元彼此之間,成為一積層單元的剝離膜的表面(與設置有保護膜形成用膜之側為相反側的面),與另一積層單元的塗層的背面(與和基材接觸之側為相反側的面)接觸、擠壓之狀態,保護膜形成用複合片之輥直接以該狀態進行保存。但是,藉由設置有塗層,可抑制於積層單元彼此之間該等剝離膜及塗層之黏附,因此本發明之保護膜形成用複合片之黏連得到抑制。 On the other hand, in the case of winding a long composite film for forming a protective film, a state in which a release film (a release film 15 in FIGS. 1 and 2) is laminated on the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film is usually used. A composite sheet for forming a protective film. In addition, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention has any configuration (for example, any of the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1 and the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2). The composite sheet for forming a protective film is taken up into a roll shape, and a coating layer, a support sheet, and a protective film shape are sequentially laminated. The buildup units of the film for forming and the release film are sequentially laminated in the radial direction of the roll. As a result, the laminated units which are in contact with each other in the radial direction of the roll become the surface of the release film of one build-up unit (the surface opposite to the side on which the film for forming a protective film is provided), and the other laminated unit The back surface of the coating layer (the surface opposite to the side in contact with the substrate) is in contact with and pressed, and the roll of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is directly stored in this state. However, by providing a coating layer, adhesion of the release film and the coating layer between the buildup units can be suppressed, and thus the adhesion of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention can be suppressed.

將於保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之狀態之寬度50mm、長度100mm之本發明之保護膜形成用複合片,以塗層全部朝向相同方向且塗層的合計厚度成為10μm至60μm之方式重疊複數片,藉此製成一方的最外層為塗層且另一方的最外層為剝離膜之積層體,將該積層體以於保護膜形成用複合片之積層方向上施加980.665mN(亦即100gf)之力(外力)之狀態於40℃下靜置3天後,將於前述積層方向上距離前述最外層之塗層最近之剝離膜,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,自鄰接之塗層(於前述積層方向上距離前述最外層之塗層最近之塗層)剝離,此時之剝離力較佳為10mN/50mm以下,更佳為7.5mN/50mm以下,尤佳為5mN/50mm以下。再者,此處所重疊之複數片保護膜形成用複合片全部為相同構成。另外,所重疊之保護膜形成用複合片之片數較佳為10片。可根據此種剝離膜之剝離力而確認本發明之保護膜形成 用複合片之黏連抑制功效(耐黏連性)之高低。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention having a width of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm in a state in which the film for a protective film is provided on the film for forming a protective film is superimposed so that the total thickness of the coating layer is in the same direction and the total thickness of the coating layer is 10 μm to 60 μm. A plurality of sheets were formed, and a laminate having one outermost layer as a coating layer and the other outermost layer as a release film was formed, and 980.665 mN (that is, 100 gf was applied in the lamination direction of the composite sheet for forming a protective film. After the state of the force (external force) is allowed to stand at 40 ° C for 3 days, the release film closest to the coating of the outermost layer in the lamination direction is at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°. And peeling off from the adjacent coating (the coating closest to the coating of the outermost layer in the laminating direction), and the peeling force at this time is preferably 10 mN/50 mm or less, more preferably 7.5 mN/50 mm or less. It is 5mN/50mm or less. In addition, all the composite sheets for forming a protective film which are superimposed here have the same structure. Further, the number of sheets of the composite sheet for forming a protective film to be laminated is preferably 10 sheets. The protective film formation of the present invention can be confirmed based on the peeling force of such a release film. The adhesion of the composite sheet is used to suppress the efficacy (blocking resistance).

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,藉由具體的實施例對本發明進行更詳細的說明。但是,本發明並不受以下所示之實施例之任何限定。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of specific examples. However, the present invention is not limited by the examples shown below.

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film> [實施例1] [Example 1]

製造圖1所示之構成之保護膜形成用複合片。該保護膜形成用複合片之俯視圖示於圖3。更具體而言,如下所述。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film having the structure shown in Fig. 1 was produced. A plan view of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in Fig. 3 . More specifically, it is as follows.

[第1積層體之製造] [Manufacture of the first laminate] (熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之製備) (Preparation of a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film)

將下述成分以下述量(固形物成分)進行調配,進一步調配甲基乙基酮,獲得固形物成分濃度為51質量%之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The following components were blended in the following amounts (solid content), and methyl ethyl ketone was further prepared to obtain a protective film-forming composition (III-1) having a solid content concentration of 51% by mass.

(聚合物成分(A)) (polymer component (A))

(A)-1:使丙烯酸正丁酯10質量份、丙烯酸甲酯70質量份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯5質量份及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯15質量份進行共聚合而成之丙烯酸系樹脂(重量平均分子量400000,玻璃轉移溫度-1℃)150質量份。 (A)-1: an acrylic resin obtained by copolymerizing 10 parts by mass of n-butyl acrylate, 70 parts by mass of methyl acrylate, 5 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 15 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (weight average molecular weight: 400,000, glass transition temperature - 1 ° C) 150 parts by mass.

(熱硬化性成分(B)) (thermosetting component (B)) ‧環氧樹脂(B1) ‧Epoxy resin (B1)

(B1)-1:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製造之「JER828」,環氧當量183g/eq至194g/eq,分子量370)60質量份。 (B1)-1: bisphenol A type epoxy resin ("JER828" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 183 g/eq to 194 g/eq, molecular weight: 370) 60 parts by mass.

(B1)-2:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製造之「JER1055」,環氧當量800g/eq至900g/eq,分子量1600)10質量份。 (B1)-2: bisphenol A type epoxy resin ("JER1055" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 800 g/eq to 900 g/eq, molecular weight 1600) 10 parts by mass.

(B1)-3:二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂(DIC公司製造之「Epiclon HP-7200HH」,環氧當量274g/eq至286g/eq)30質量份。 (B1)-3: a dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin ("Epiclon HP-7200HH" manufactured by DIC Corporation, epoxy equivalent of 274 g/eq to 286 g/eq) of 30 parts by mass.

‧熱硬化劑(B2) ‧Hot hardener (B2)

(B2)-1:二氰二胺(固體分散型潛伏性硬化劑,ADEKA公司製造之「Adeka Hardener EH-3636AS」,活性氫量21g/eq)2質量份。 (B2)-1: dicyandiamide (solid dispersion type latent curing agent, "Adeka Hardener EH-3636AS" manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., active hydrogen amount 21 g/eq) 2 parts by mass.

(硬化促進劑(C)) (hardening accelerator (C))

(C)-1:2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑(四國化成工業公司製造之「Curezol 2PHZ」)2質量份。 (C)-1: 2 parts by mass of 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole ("Curezol 2PHZ" manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.).

(填充材料(D)) (filling material (D))

(D)-1:二氧化矽填料(Admatechs公司之「SC2050MA」,利用環氧系化合物進行了表面修飾,平均粒徑0.5μm)320質量份。 (D)-1: a cerium oxide filler ("SC2050MA" of Admatech Co., Ltd., surface-modified with an epoxy-based compound, average particle diameter: 0.5 μm) 320 parts by mass.

(偶合劑(E)) (coupler (E))

(E)-1:γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(矽烷偶合劑,信越化學工業公司製造之「KBM403」,甲氧基當量 12.7mmol/g,分子量236.3)0.4質量份。 (E)-1: γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane (decane coupling agent, "KBM403" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., methoxy equivalent 12.7 mmol/g, molecular weight 236.3) 0.4 parts by mass.

(著色劑(I)) (colorant (I))

(I)-1:碳黑(顏料,三菱化學公司製造之「MA600B」,平均粒徑28nm)1.2質量份。 (I)-1: carbon black (pigment, "MA600B" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, average particle diameter: 28 nm) 1.2 parts by mass.

(保護膜形成用膜之形成、第1積層體之製造) (Formation of film for forming a protective film, production of a first layered body)

使用刀式塗佈機,於第1剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-P502010*」,厚度50μm)的剝離處理面上,塗佈上述獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1),於120℃下乾燥2分鐘,形成保護膜形成用膜(厚度25μm)。 The protective film-forming composition (III-1) obtained above was applied onto the release-treated surface of the first release film ("SP-P502010*" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness: 50 μm) using a knife coater. The film was dried at 120 ° C for 2 minutes to form a film for forming a protective film (thickness: 25 μm).

繼而,於該保護膜形成用膜中的與設置有第1剝離膜之面為相反側的面,貼合第2剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-PET381031C」,厚度38μm)的剝離處理面,獲得第1剝離膜、保護膜形成用膜及第2剝離膜依序積層而成之長條的積層體。繼而,將該長條的積層體捲取成輥後,將該積層體裁斷為在該積層體的寬度方向(圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中以符號w1表示之寬度之方向)上為300mm之大小。 Then, on the surface opposite to the surface on which the first release film was provided, the release film of the second release film ("SP-PET381031C" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness: 38 μm) was bonded to the surface of the film for forming a protective film. A long laminated body in which the first release film, the protective film formation film, and the second release film are sequentially laminated is obtained. Then, after the laminate is wound into a long roll, the laminated material was cut to a width direction of the laminate of the protective film is formed at the symbol w denotes a width of a composite sheet 11 (shown in Figure 3 of the The direction is 300mm.

然後,針對該裁斷之積層體,於該積層體的寬度方向中央部,自第2剝離膜側,對第2剝離膜及保護膜形成用膜,一起以描繪出俯視下直徑220mm之圓形之方式進行切入切口之半切(half cut)。再者,本說明書中積層體之「俯視」意指自積層體的積層方向上方往下看該積層體。然 後,以僅使利用該半切所形成之圓形部分殘留之方式,將第2剝離膜及保護膜形成用膜自前述積層體去除,藉此獲得於第1剝離膜的剝離處理面上依序積層俯視下為圓形的保護膜形成用膜及第2剝離膜而成之第1積層體。該第1積層體中的圓形的保護膜形成用膜相當於圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中直徑d1為220mm之圓形的保護膜形成用膜13。 Then, the second release film and the film for forming a protective film are drawn from the second release film side in the center portion in the width direction of the laminate in a circular shape having a diameter of 220 mm in plan view. The method performs a half cut of the cut into the slit. In addition, the "top view" of the laminated body in this specification means that the laminated body is seen from the upper direction of the laminated direction of the laminated body. Then, the second release film and the film for forming a protective film are removed from the laminate so that the circular portion formed by the half-cut is left, and the film is sequentially formed on the release surface of the first release film. The first laminate in which the film for forming a protective film and the second release film are formed in a plan view. Circular protective film of the first laminate film is formed corresponding to the protective film 3 is formed as shown in FIG. 1 220mm film 13 is formed of a circular sheet composite protective film in a diameter d.

(塗佈組成物之製備) (Preparation of coating composition)

於二氧化矽溶膠分散於2-乙氧基乙醇(乙基溶纖劑)中而成之分散液(觸媒化成工業公司製造之「OSCAL1632」,二氧化矽溶膠之粒徑30nm至50nm,固形物成分濃度30質量%)150質量份中,調配由丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯及多官能性丙烯酸酯單體構成之硬塗劑(荒川化學工業公司製造之「BEAMSET 575CB」,固形物成分濃度100質量%,含有光聚合起始劑)100質量份,獲得塗佈組成物(固形物成分濃度30質量%)。 A dispersion obtained by dispersing a cerium oxide sol in 2-ethoxyethanol (ethyl cellosolve) (OSCAL1632 manufactured by Catalyst Chemical Industries, Ltd.), a particle size of cerium oxide sol of 30 nm to 50 nm, solid form A hard coat agent composed of an urethane urethane and a polyfunctional acrylate monomer ("BEAMSET 575CB" manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries Co., Ltd., a solid content concentration of 100) was prepared in an amount of 30 parts by mass. 100% by mass of the photopolymerization initiator was added to obtain a coating composition (solid content concentration: 30% by mass).

(塗層之形成) (formation of coating)

繼而,使用繞線棒式塗佈機,於凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.4μm,且與該凹凸面為相反側之面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.02μm之聚丙烯製基材(厚度100μm,熔點140℃至160℃)的前述凹凸面,塗佈上述獲得之塗佈組成物,於80℃下乾燥1分鐘後,以約230mJ/cm2之光量照射紫外線 而使乾燥後的塗膜硬化,形成塗層(厚度3μm)。 Then, a polypropylene substrate (thickness 100 μm) having a surface roughness Ra of 0.4 μm on the uneven surface and a surface roughness Ra of 0.02 μm on the surface opposite to the uneven surface was used. The above-mentioned uneven surface of the melting point of 140 ° C to 160 ° C is applied to the coating composition obtained above, and after drying at 80 ° C for 1 minute, ultraviolet rays are irradiated with a light amount of about 230 mJ/cm 2 to harden the dried coating film. A coating (thickness 3 μm) was formed.

(黏著劑組成物之製備) (Preparation of adhesive composition)

調配(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯共聚物100質量份、及芳香族系多異氰酸酯化合物(交聯劑,三井化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)10質量份(固形物成分),進一步調配甲基乙基酮,獲得固形物成分濃度為30質量%之黏著劑組成物(iii)。 100 parts by mass of an alkyl (meth) acrylate copolymer and 10 parts by mass (solid content) of an aromatic polyisocyanate compound (crosslinking agent, "Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), and further blending methyl groups Ethyl ketone, an adhesive composition (iii) having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was obtained.

前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯共聚物係使丙烯酸正丁酯40質量份、丙烯酸2-乙基己基55質量份及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯5質量份進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量600000之丙烯酸系樹脂。 The (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester copolymer is obtained by copolymerizing 40 parts by mass of n-butyl acrylate, 55 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate and 5 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate to obtain a weight average molecular weight of 600,000. Acrylic resin.

(黏著劑層(支持片)之形成、第2積層體之製造) (Formation of adhesive layer (support sheet), manufacture of second laminate)

使用刀式塗佈機,於單面藉由形成聚矽氧系剝離劑層進行剝離處理,且厚度38μm之由聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜構成之第3剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-PET381031C」)的前述剝離處理面,塗佈上述獲得之黏著劑組成物(iii)並使之乾燥,形成黏著劑層(厚度5μm)。 A third release film made of polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 38 μm by a knife coating machine and a release process by forming a polyoxynitride-based release agent layer on one side (Lintec Co., Ltd.) The peeling-treated surface of "SP-PET381031C") was coated with the obtained adhesive composition (iii) and dried to form an adhesive layer (thickness: 5 μm).

繼而,對形成有塗層之上述基材中的與凹凸面為相反側的面進行電暈處理後,於該電暈處理面貼合上述黏著劑層,從而獲得塗層、基材、黏著劑層及第3剝離膜依序積層且包含支持片之長條的第2積層體。 Then, after the surface of the substrate on which the coating layer is formed on the opposite side to the uneven surface is subjected to corona treatment, the adhesive layer is bonded to the corona-treated surface to obtain a coating layer, a substrate, and an adhesive. The layer and the third release film are sequentially laminated and include a second laminate of the support sheet.

繼而,將該長條的第2積層體捲取成輥後,將該第2 積層體裁斷為在該第2積層體的寬度方向(圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中以符號w1表示之寬度之方向)上為300mm之大小。 Then, the second laminated body is taken up into a roll, and the second laminated body is cut into the width direction of the second laminated body (the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 3 is symbolized). w 1 indicates the direction of the width) is 300 mm in size.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film)

自上述獲得之第1積層體移除第2剝離膜,使圓形的保護膜形成用膜露出。另外,自上述獲得之第2積層體移除第3剝離膜,使黏著劑層露出。然後,將上述保護膜形成用膜的露出面貼合於該黏著劑層的露出面,藉此獲得相當於塗層、基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及第1剝離膜依序積層而成之保護膜形成用複合片之第3積層體。 The second laminate film was removed from the first laminate obtained as described above, and the circular protective film formation film was exposed. Moreover, the 3rd release film was removed from the 2nd laminated body obtained above, and the adhesive layer was exposed. Then, the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film is bonded to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer, thereby obtaining a film corresponding to the coating layer, the substrate, the adhesive layer, the protective film, and the first release film. The third laminate of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is laminated.

針對上述獲得之第3積層體,自塗層側,對塗層、基材及黏著劑層之全部,以描繪出俯視下直徑270mm之圓形之方式進行切出切口之半切。該半切中,以俯視下直徑270mm之前述圓相對於保護膜形成用膜所形成之直徑220mm之圓成為同心圓之方式,對塗層、基材及黏著劑層之全部切出切口。 With respect to the third layered body obtained as described above, half of the slits were cut out from the coating side, and all of the coating layer, the base material, and the adhesive layer were drawn in a circular shape having a diameter of 270 mm in plan view. In the half-cut, the circle having a diameter of 270 mm in plan view is concentric with respect to a circle having a diameter of 220 mm formed by the film for forming a protective film, and a slit is cut out from all of the coating layer, the substrate, and the adhesive layer.

繼而,以於俯視下,相對於上述直徑270mm之圓,於與該圓之徑向外側相距20mm之位置,描繪出在第3積層體的寬度方向(圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中以符號w1表示之寬度之方向)上對向之一對圓弧之方式,自塗層側,對塗層、基材及黏著劑層之全部進行切出切口之半切。相當於該一對圓弧之切口形成圖3所示之保護膜形 成用複合片1中以符號121表示之黏著劑層的曲面狀的周緣部。並且,直徑270mm之圓與前述圓弧之間之距離(20mm)相當於圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中的符號w2Then, in the plan view, a circle having a diameter of 270 mm is drawn in the width direction of the third layered product at a position 20 mm apart from the radially outer side of the circle (the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 3). In the case of 1 in the direction of the width indicated by the symbol w 1 ), one half of the coating, the substrate and the adhesive layer are cut in half from the coating side. A curved peripheral portion of the adhesive layer indicated by reference numeral 121 in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 3 is formed in a slit corresponding to the pair of circular arcs. Further, the distance (20 mm) between the circle having a diameter of 270 mm and the arc is equivalent to the symbol w 2 in the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 3 .

於第3積層體的長度方向(相對於圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中以符號w1表示之寬度之方向正交之方向)上的多個部位,進行此種描繪出2個同心圓及一對圓弧之上述半切,以描繪出2條俯視下於相鄰部位之間將圓弧彼此於前述長度方向上連結之直線之方式,自塗層側,對塗層、基材及黏著劑層之全部進行切出切口之半切。相當於該2條直線之切口形成圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中以符號122表示之黏著劑層的平面狀的周緣部。 In the longitudinal direction of the third layered product (the direction orthogonal to the direction indicated by the symbol w 1 in the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation shown in FIG. 3), the drawing is performed 2 The concentric circle and the half cut of a pair of arcs are used to draw two straight lines connecting the arcs in the longitudinal direction between adjacent portions in a plan view, from the coating side, to the coating layer, All of the material and the adhesive layer were cut and cut in half. The slit corresponding to the two straight lines forms a planar peripheral portion of the adhesive layer indicated by reference numeral 122 in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 3 .

繼而,將俯視下上述之直徑270mm之圓與一對圓弧之間之部分、及將上述之圓弧彼此連結之2條直線所夾持之部分中的塗層、基材及黏著劑層移除,藉此獲得圖1及圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片。該保護膜形成用複合片中的圓形的黏著劑層(支持片)相當於圖3中直徑d2為270mm之圓形的黏著劑層12(支持片10)。另外,該保護膜形成用複合片中的第1剝離膜相當於圖3中的剝離膜15。 Then, the coating, the substrate, and the adhesive layer in the portion between the circle having a diameter of 270 mm and the pair of arcs and the two straight lines connecting the arcs are connected in plan view In addition, the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 1 and 3 was obtained. The circular adhesive layer (support sheet) in the composite sheet for forming a protective film corresponds to a circular adhesive layer 12 (support sheet 10) having a diameter d 2 of 270 mm in Fig. 3 . In addition, the first release film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film corresponds to the release film 15 in Fig. 3 .

[實施例2] [Embodiment 2]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為1μm 而並非0.4μm之基材,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface was 1 μm. In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the substrate was not 0.4 μm, a composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained.

[實施例3] [Example 3]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為1μm而並非0.4μm之基材,且將塗層的厚度設為1μm代替3μm,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface was 1 μm instead of 0.4 μm, and the thickness of the coating layer was set to 1 μm instead of 3 μm, and the same method as in Example 1 was used. A composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained.

[實施例4] [Example 4]

如表1所示,將塗層的厚度設為1μm代替3μm,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the thickness of the coating layer was changed to 1 μm instead of 3 μm, a composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained.

[實施例5] [Example 5]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為1μm而並非0.4μm之基材,且將塗層的厚度設為6μm代替3μm,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the substrate having the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface was 1 μm instead of 0.4 μm, and the thickness of the coating layer was set to 6 μm instead of 3 μm, and the same method as in Example 1 was used. A composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained.

[實施例6] [Embodiment 6]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為3μm而並非0.4μm之基材,且將塗層的厚度設為6μm代替3μm,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲 得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface was 3 μm instead of 0.4 μm, and the thickness of the coating layer was set to 6 μm instead of 3 μm, and the same method as in Example 1 was used. Obtained A composite sheet for forming a protective film is obtained.

[比較例1] [Comparative Example 1]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為1μm而並非0.4μm之基材,且不形成塗層,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface was 1 μm and not 0.4 μm, a composite film for forming a protective film was obtained. sheet.

[比較例2] [Comparative Example 2]

如表1所示,以凹凸面朝向相反側、亦即黏著劑層側(內側)之方式配置基材,且不形成塗層(亦即,設為圖5所示之以往之構成),除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the base material was placed such that the uneven surface faced the opposite side, that is, the adhesive layer side (inside), and no coating layer was formed (that is, the conventional configuration shown in Fig. 5). In the same manner as in Example 1, a composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained.

[比較例3] [Comparative Example 3]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為1μm而並非0.4μm之基材,以凹凸面朝向相反側、亦即黏著劑層側(內側)之方式配置該基材,且不形成塗層(亦即,設為圖5所示之以往之構成),除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the base material having the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface was 1 μm and not 0.4 μm, and the base material was disposed such that the uneven surface faced the opposite side, that is, the adhesive layer side (inner side), and was not formed. In addition to this, a composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except that the coating layer (that is, the conventional configuration shown in Fig. 5) was used.

[比較例4] [Comparative Example 4]

使用以固形物成分計相同量的利用環氧基進行了表面修飾之球狀二氧化矽(Admatechs公司製造之「SC2050MA」,平均粒徑0.5μm),代替二氧化矽溶膠分 散於2-乙氧基乙醇中而成之分散液,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,製備塗佈組成物。 The same amount of spherical cerium oxide ("SC2050MA" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd., average particle size 0.5 μm), which was surface-modified with an epoxy group, was used instead of the cerium oxide sol. A coating composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the dispersion was dispersed in 2-ethoxyethanol.

並且,使用該塗佈組成物,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 Further, a composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except that the coating composition was used.

所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片中,基材側最表面的表面粗糙度Ra如表1所示為0.8μm。 In the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film, the surface roughness Ra of the outermost surface of the substrate side was 0.8 μm as shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of composite sheet for forming a protective film> [雷射印字性] [Laser printability]

上述獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片中,將第1剝離膜移除,使用貼附裝置(Lintec公司製造之「RAD-2700F/12」),將黏著劑層貼附於不銹鋼製環狀框,並且將保護膜形成用膜貼附於加熱至70℃之矽晶圓(外徑8吋,厚度100μm)的背面。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of each of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above, the first release film was removed, and the adhesive layer was attached using an attachment device ("RAD-2700F/12" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.). The film for protective film formation was attached to the back surface of the crucible wafer (outer diameter 8 吋, thickness 100 μm) heated to 70 ° C in a ring frame made of stainless steel.

繼而,將保護膜形成用膜於130℃下進行2小時加熱處理,藉此使保護膜形成用膜熱硬化而形成保護膜。 Then, the film for forming a protective film was heat-treated at 130 ° C for 2 hours to thermally cure the film for forming a protective film to form a protective film.

繼而,使用印字裝置(KEYENCE公司製造之「VK9700」),於輸出0.6W、頻率40kHz、掃描速度100mm/秒之條件下,自基材側對保護膜照射波長532nm之雷射光,按照下述之2個圖案(圖案1、圖案2)對保護膜進行雷射印字。 Then, using a printing device ("VK9700" manufactured by KEYENCE Corporation), the protective film was irradiated with laser light having a wavelength of 532 nm from the substrate side under the conditions of output of 0.6 W, frequency of 40 kHz, and scanning speed of 100 mm/sec, as follows. The two patterns (pattern 1, pattern 2) were subjected to laser printing on the protective film.

(圖案) (pattern)

圖案1:文字尺寸0.4mm×0.5mm,文字間隔0.3mm,文字數20。 Pattern 1: The text size is 0.4 mm × 0.5 mm, the space is 0.3 mm, and the number of characters is 20.

圖案2:文字尺寸0.2mm×0.5mm,文字間隔0.3mm,文字數20。 Pattern 2: The text size is 0.2 mm × 0.5 mm, the space is 0.3 mm, and the number of characters is 20.

繼而,對利用上述雷射印字形成於保護膜之文字,依據下述基準評價自基材側之視認性(雷射印字性)。結果示於表1。 Then, the characters formed on the protective film by the above-described laser printing were evaluated for visibility from the substrate side (laser printing property) in accordance with the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1.

(評價基準) (evaluation benchmark)

A:圖案1及圖案2之全部文字清晰,可無問題地讀出圖案1及圖案2之文字。 A: All the characters of the pattern 1 and the pattern 2 are clear, and the characters of the pattern 1 and the pattern 2 can be read without any problem.

B:圖案2中至少一部分文字不清晰,但圖案1中全部文字清晰,可無問題地讀出圖案1之文字。 B: At least a part of the characters in the pattern 2 are not clear, but all the characters in the pattern 1 are clear, and the characters of the pattern 1 can be read without any problem.

C:圖案1及圖案2之任一者中,均至少一部分文字不清晰。 C: At least one of the characters 1 and 2 is unclear.

[耐黏連性(1)] [Adhesion resistance (1)]

將上述獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片,以10m之長度捲取於3吋直徑之ABS(Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene resin;丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯樹脂)樹脂製芯材,直接以該狀態於室溫下靜置3天。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of each of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above was taken up in a length of 10 m on a 3 Å diameter ABS (Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene resin) resin. The core material was allowed to stand at room temperature for 3 days in this state.

繼而,針對實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片,嘗試捲出依序積層有塗層、基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及第1剝離膜之積層單元10個份,針對比較例1至比較例3之保護膜形成用複合片,由於不 存在塗層,故而嘗試捲出依序積層有基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及第1剝離膜之積層單元10個份,此時,評價捲取時相互接觸之保護膜形成用複合片之接觸部彼此是否黏附,並且於存在黏附之情形時對黏附之程度依據下述基準進行評價。結果示於表1。 Then, with respect to the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 4, it was attempted to roll up a coating layer, a substrate, an adhesive layer, a film for forming a protective film, and a first release film. 10 parts of the buildup unit, for the composite film for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3, When a coating layer is present, it is attempted to roll out 10 layers of a laminate unit in which a substrate, an adhesive layer, a film for forming a protective film, and a first release film are sequentially laminated, and in this case, a protective film for forming a contact with each other during winding is evaluated. The contact portions of the composite sheets were adhered to each other, and the degree of adhesion in the case of adhesion was evaluated in accordance with the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1.

(評價基準) (evaluation benchmark)

A:完全未確認到前述接觸部彼此之黏附。 A: Adhesion of the aforementioned contact portions to each other was not confirmed at all.

B:確認到前述接觸部彼此之輕度之黏附,但可無問題地捲出保護膜形成用複合片。 B: It was confirmed that the contact portions were slightly adhered to each other, but the composite sheet for forming a protective film could be wound out without any problem.

C:前述接觸部彼此一部分完全黏附,捲出保護膜形成用複合片時,第1剝離膜自黏著劑層剝離。 C: When the contact portions are completely adhered to each other, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film is wound up, the first release film is peeled off from the adhesive layer.

[耐黏連性(2)] [blocking resistance (2)]

以成為寬度50mm、長度100mm之大小之帶之方式,切取上述獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片。再者,切取時,使該帶的長度方向與黏著劑組成物的塗佈方向一致。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of each of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above was cut out so as to have a width of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm. Further, at the time of cutting, the longitudinal direction of the tape was made to coincide with the application direction of the adhesive composition.

準備如此獲得之帶10片,積層該等帶而製成試片。此時,於實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之情形時,均以塗層朝上之方式積層前述帶。並且,於比較例1至比較例3之情形時,由於不存在塗層,故而均以基材朝上之方式積層前述帶。繼而,將該試片夾入2片玻璃板(寬度75mm、長度15mm、厚度5mm),將該等玻璃板與試片之積層物整體以一玻璃板作為最下層載置於預定部位,於另一方的最 上層之玻璃板上載置鉛錘,對前述試片進行加壓。此時,前述帶的積層方向上施加於前述試片之力為980.665mN(亦即100gf)。以該狀態將該等玻璃板與試片之積層物整體於濕熱促進器(ESPEC公司製造)內於40℃下保管3天,對前述試片進行加熱加壓促進試驗。 Ten pieces of the tape thus obtained were prepared, and the tapes were laminated to prepare test pieces. At this time, in the case of the first to sixth embodiments and the comparative example 4, the belt was laminated with the coating layer facing upward. Further, in the case of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3, since the coating layer was not present, the tape was laminated with the substrate facing upward. Then, the test piece is sandwiched between two glass plates (width: 75 mm, length: 15 mm, thickness: 5 mm), and the laminate of the glass plates and the test piece is placed on the predetermined portion as a lowermost layer with a glass plate as a whole, and One of the most The test piece is pressurized by placing a plumb bob on the upper glass plate. At this time, the force applied to the test piece in the lamination direction of the belt was 980.665 mN (that is, 100 gf). In this state, the laminate of the glass plate and the test piece was stored in a wet heat promoter (manufactured by ESPEC Co., Ltd.) at 40 ° C for 3 days, and the test piece was subjected to a heat and pressure promotion test.

繼而,自濕熱促進器中取出前述試片,將最下層之第1剝離膜(最下層之與玻璃板接觸之第1剝離膜)及與該第1剝離膜鄰接之保護膜形成用膜移除,將露出之黏著劑層經由雙面黏著帶貼合於支持板,藉此將加熱加壓促進試驗後自前述試片僅移除最下層之第1剝離膜及與該第1剝離膜鄰接之保護膜形成用膜所得之試片固定於前述支持板。 Then, the test piece is taken out from the moist heat promoter, and the first release film of the lowermost layer (the first release film which is in contact with the glass plate in the lowermost layer) and the film for forming a protective film adjacent to the first release film are removed. And attaching the exposed adhesive layer to the support plate via the double-sided adhesive tape, thereby removing only the first lower release film from the test piece and adjacent to the first release film after the heating and pressurization promotion test The test piece obtained by the film for protective film formation is fixed to the said support board.

繼而,於實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之情形時,將上述固定物中,距離前述支持板最遠之最上層之由塗層、基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜構成之積層物移除,使用拉伸試驗機,將露出之第1剝離膜,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,自鄰接之塗層剝離,測定此時之剝離力。於比較例1至比較例3之情形時,將上述固定物中,距離前述支持板最遠之最上層之由基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜構成之積層物移除,使用拉伸試驗機,將露出之第1剝離膜,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,自鄰接之基材剝離,測定此時之剝離力。將如此獲得之第1剝離膜之剝離力之測定值作為保護膜形成用複合片之耐黏連性之指標。 Then, in the case of the first embodiment to the sixth embodiment and the comparative example 4, the coating, the substrate, the adhesive layer, and the film for forming a protective film of the uppermost layer which is the furthest from the support plate in the above-mentioned fixing body. The laminated material of the structure was removed, and the exposed first peeling film was peeled off from the adjacent coating layer at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180° using a tensile tester, and the peeling force at this time was measured. In the case of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3, the laminate of the substrate, the adhesive layer, and the film for forming a protective film which is the furthest from the support plate in the above-mentioned fixing member is removed, and the laminate is removed. In the tensile tester, the exposed first release film was peeled off from the adjacent substrate under the conditions of a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°, and the peeling force at this time was measured. The measured value of the peeling force of the first release film thus obtained was used as an index of the blocking resistance of the composite sheet for forming a protective film.

再者,於欲測定之第1剝離膜之剝離力足夠小之情形時,自濕熱促進器中取出前述試片,於自該試片如上所述般將與最下層之第1剝離膜(最下層之與玻璃板接觸之第1剝離膜)鄰接之保護膜形成用膜移除時,存在作為剝離力之測定對象之第1剝離膜首先自與該第1剝離膜鄰接之層(於實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之情形時為塗層,於比較例1至比較例3之情形時為基材)剝離之情況。該情形時,自濕熱促進器中取出前述試片,自該試片移除最下層之第1剝離膜後,不移除與該第1剝離膜鄰接之保護膜形成用膜,將該保護膜形成用膜經由雙面黏著帶貼合於支持板,藉此將自前述試片僅移除最下層之第1剝離膜所得之試片固定於前述支持板,針對該固定物,與上述同樣地測定第1剝離膜之剝離力。 In the case where the peeling force of the first release film to be measured is sufficiently small, the test piece is taken out from the moist heat promoter, and the first release film of the lowermost layer is removed from the test piece as described above. When the film for forming a protective film adjacent to the first release film that is in contact with the glass plate is removed, the first release film to be subjected to the measurement of the peeling force is first from the layer adjacent to the first release film (in the embodiment). In the case of 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 4, the coating layer was used, and in the case of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3, the substrate was peeled off. In this case, the test piece is taken out from the moist heat promoter, and after removing the first release film of the lowermost layer from the test piece, the film for forming a protective film adjacent to the first release film is not removed, and the protective film is removed. The film for formation is bonded to the support plate via a double-sided adhesive tape, whereby the test piece obtained by removing only the first release film of the lowermost layer from the test piece is fixed to the support plate, and the fixed object is the same as described above. The peeling force of the first release film was measured.

結果示於表1。 The results are shown in Table 1.

[基材側最表面的表面粗糙度Ra] [Surface roughness Ra of the outermost surface of the substrate side]

針對上述獲得之實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片,使用接觸式表面粗糙度計(Mitutoyo公司製造之「SURFTEST SV-3000」),將臨界值λc設為0.8mm,將評價長度Ln設為4mm,依據JIS B0601:2001,測定基材側最表面,亦即,塗層中的與基材側為相反側的面的表面粗糙度Ra。結果示於表1。表1中,針對比較例1至比較例3之保護膜形成用複合片,記載與上述基材的黏著劑層側為相反側的面的表面粗糙度Ra作為基材側最 表面的表面粗糙度Ra。 With respect to the composite sheets for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 4 obtained above, a contact surface roughness meter ("SURFTEST SV-3000" manufactured by Mitutoyo Co., Ltd.) was used, and the critical value λc was set to 0.8. In mm, the evaluation length Ln was set to 4 mm, and the outermost surface of the substrate side, that is, the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the substrate side in the coating layer was measured in accordance with JIS B0601:2001. The results are shown in Table 1. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3, the surface roughness Ra of the surface opposite to the side of the adhesive layer of the base material is described as the substrate side. Surface roughness Ra of the surface.

[塗層的表面的光澤值] [Gloss value of the surface of the coating]

針對上述獲得之實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片,使用光澤計(日本電色公司製造之光澤計「VG 2000」),依據JIS K 7105,自塗層的與基材側相反之側,測定塗層的表面的20°鏡面光澤度,將該測定值設為塗層的表面的光澤值。結果示於表1。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 4 obtained above was a self-coating layer according to JIS K 7105 using a gloss meter (Gloss meter "VG 2000" manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Co., Ltd.). On the side opposite to the substrate side, the 20° specular gloss of the surface of the coating was measured, and the measured value was taken as the gloss value of the surface of the coating. The results are shown in Table 1.

[自塗層側之霧度之測定值] [Measurement value of haze from the coated side]

針對上述獲得之實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片,使用測霧計(日本電色工業公司製造之「NDH-2000」),依據JIS K 7136,自塗層側測定霧度。結果示於表1。 With respect to the composite sheets for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 4 obtained as described above, a self-coating layer was used according to JIS K 7136 using a fog meter ("NDH-2000" manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.). The haze was measured on the side. The results are shown in Table 1.

實施例1至實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片藉由在基材側之最外層具備塗層,雷射印字性及耐黏連性均良好。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 6 is provided with a coating on the outermost layer on the substrate side, and has excellent laser printing properties and blocking resistance.

尤其是,實施例1、實施例2、實施例4及實施例5之保護膜形成用複合片相較於實施例3及實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片而言,雷射印字性優異,推測原因在於,實施例1、實施例2、實施例4及實施例5之保護膜形成用複合片中,「[塗層的厚度(μm)]/[基材的凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra(μm)]」之值更大,塗層相對於基材的凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra之相對厚度更厚,藉此基材側最表面(塗層中的與基材側為相反側的面)的表面粗糙度Ra(μm)更小。 In particular, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the first embodiment, the second embodiment, the fourth embodiment, and the fifth embodiment has excellent laser printing properties as compared with the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the third embodiment and the sixth embodiment. In the composite sheets for forming a protective film of the first, second, fourth, and fifth embodiments, "the thickness of the coating layer (μm)] / [the surface roughness of the uneven surface of the substrate] The value of Ra(μm)]" is larger, and the relative thickness of the surface roughness Ra of the coating surface with respect to the uneven surface of the substrate is thicker, whereby the outermost surface of the substrate side (the side opposite to the substrate side in the coating layer) The surface roughness Ra (μm) of the surface is smaller.

另外,實施例1至實施例4之保護膜形成用複合片相較於實施例5及實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片而言,耐黏連性優異,推測原因在於,實施例1至實施例4之保護膜形成用複合片的塗層的厚度較薄。 Further, the composite sheets for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 4 are excellent in blocking resistance as compared with the composite sheets for forming a protective film of Examples 5 and 6, and it is presumed that Example 1 to The thickness of the coating layer of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Example 4 was thin.

再者,關於實施例1至實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片,於基材與黏著劑層之間均未確認到空隙部。 Further, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 6, no void portion was observed between the substrate and the adhesive layer.

相對於此,比較例1之保護膜形成用複合片與圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片同樣地,基材中的與具備黏著 劑層之側的面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)為凹凸面,且亦不具備塗層,藉此雖然耐黏連性優異,但雷射印字性差。 On the other hand, in the same manner as the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 4, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 1 has adhesion to the substrate. The surface (surface) on the side of the agent layer is a surface on the opposite side (back surface) which is an uneven surface, and does not have a coating layer. Therefore, although the adhesion resistance is excellent, the laser printing property is inferior.

比較例2之保護膜形成用複合片與圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片同樣地,基材中的與具備黏著劑層之側的面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)為平滑面,且亦不具備塗層,藉此雖然雷射印字性良好,但耐黏連性差。比較例3之保護膜形成用複合片亦具有與比較例2之保護膜形成用複合片相同之構成,但不僅耐黏連性差,雷射印字性亦差。推測原因在於,基材中的具備黏著劑層之側的面(表面)為凹凸面,且該凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra大於比較例2之保護膜形成用複合片的表面粗糙度Ra。推測比較例3中,由於前述凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra大,故而凹凸面的形狀亦反映於保護膜的表面,保護膜的表面的凹凸程度大於比較例2之情形,藉此光之漫反射更大,雷射印字性更差。進而推測,比較例2及比較例3之保護膜形成用複合片均於基材的凹凸面與黏著劑層之間存在空隙部,但由於比較例3相較於比較例2而言凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra大,故而空隙部變大,因此比較例3相較於比較例2而言光之漫反射更大,雷射印字性更差。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 2, similarly to the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 5, the surface (back surface) on the side opposite to the surface (surface) on the side of the substrate having the adhesive layer is It has a smooth surface and does not have a coating, so that although the laser printing property is good, the blocking resistance is poor. The composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 3 also has the same configuration as the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 2, but has poor adhesion resistance and poor laser printing properties. The reason is that the surface (surface) on the side of the base material having the adhesive layer is an uneven surface, and the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface is larger than the surface roughness Ra of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 2. It is estimated that in Comparative Example 3, since the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface is large, the shape of the uneven surface is also reflected on the surface of the protective film, and the degree of unevenness of the surface of the protective film is larger than that of Comparative Example 2, whereby the diffuse reflection of light Larger, laser printing is even worse. Further, it is estimated that the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 3 has a void portion between the uneven surface of the substrate and the adhesive layer, but Comparative Example 3 has a concave-convex surface as compared with Comparative Example 2. Since the surface roughness Ra is large, the void portion is increased. Therefore, in Comparative Example 3, the diffuse reflection of light is larger than that of Comparative Example 2, and the laser printing property is worse.

比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片與實施例1之保護膜形成用複合片同樣地,基材中的與具備黏著劑層之側的面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)為凹凸面,且亦具備塗層,耐 黏連性優異,但雷射印字性差。推測原因在於,比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片中,基材側最表面(塗層中的與基材側為相反側的面)相較於基材中的與具備黏著劑層之側的面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)而言,表面粗糙度Ra(μm)較大。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 4, the surface (back surface) on the side opposite to the surface (surface) on the side having the adhesive layer was uneven as in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Example 1. Surface, and also has a coating, resistant Excellent adhesion, but poor printability. It is presumed that in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 4, the outermost surface of the substrate side (the surface on the opposite side to the substrate side in the coating layer) is compared with the side of the substrate having the adhesive layer. The surface (surface) is the surface (back surface) on the opposite side, and the surface roughness Ra (μm) is large.

(產業可利用性) (industry availability)

本發明可用於製造背面由保護膜保護之半導體晶片等。 The present invention can be used to manufacture a semiconductor wafer or the like whose back surface is protected by a protective film.

1‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 1‧‧‧Composite film for protective film formation

10‧‧‧支持片 10‧‧‧Support tablets

10a‧‧‧支持片的表面 10a‧‧‧Surface of the support sheet

10b‧‧‧支持片的背面 10b‧‧‧Back of support piece

11‧‧‧基材 11‧‧‧Substrate

11a‧‧‧基材的表面 11a‧‧‧ Surface of the substrate

11b‧‧‧基材的背面 11b‧‧‧The back of the substrate

12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12‧‧‧Adhesive layer

12a‧‧‧黏著劑層的表面 12a‧‧‧ Surface of the adhesive layer

13‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜 13‧‧‧film for protective film formation

13a‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的表面 13a‧‧‧Surface of film for protective film formation

14‧‧‧塗層 14‧‧‧ Coating

14a‧‧‧塗層的表面 14a‧‧‧Coated surface

14b‧‧‧塗層的背面 14b‧‧‧The back of the coating

15‧‧‧剝離膜 15‧‧‧Release film

15a‧‧‧剝離膜的表面 15a‧‧‧ peeling film surface

Claims (5)

一種保護膜形成用複合片,具備支持片,於前述支持片的一方的表面上具備保護膜形成用膜,於前述支持片中的與具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側為相反側的表面上具備塗層;前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度(Ra)小於前述支持片中的具備前述塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度(Ra)。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a support sheet, and a film for forming a protective film on one surface of the support sheet, on a surface opposite to a side of the support sheet having the film for forming a protective film Providing a coating layer; a surface roughness (Ra) of a surface of the coating layer opposite to a side in contact with the support sheet is smaller than a surface roughness (Ra) of a surface of the support sheet having the side of the coating layer . 如請求項1所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中使用進一步於前述保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之前述保護膜形成用複合片,利用下述方法測定之前述剝離膜之剝離力為10mN/50mm以下;剝離膜之剝離力之測定方法係將於保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之寬度50mm、長度100mm之前述保護膜形成用複合片,以前述塗層全部朝向相同方向且前述塗層的合計厚度成為10μm至60μm之方式重疊複數片,藉此製成一方的最外層為塗層且另一方的最外層為剝離膜之積層體,將前述積層體以於前述保護膜形成用複合片之積層方向上施加980.665mN之力之狀態於40℃下靜置3天後,將於前述積層方向上距離前述最外層之塗層最近之剝離膜,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,自鄰接之塗層剝離,測定此時之剝離力。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the above aspect of the invention, wherein the release sheet having the release film is further provided on the film for forming a protective film, and the peeling force of the release film measured by the following method is 10mN/50mm or less; the method for measuring the peeling force of the release film is to provide the composite film for forming a protective film having a width of the release film of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm on the film for forming a protective film, wherein all of the coating layers are oriented in the same direction and A plurality of sheets are stacked so as to have a total thickness of the coating layer of 10 μm to 60 μm, whereby a laminate in which one outermost layer is a coating layer and the other outermost layer is a release film is formed, and the laminated body is used for forming the protective film. The state in which the force of 980.665 mN was applied in the lamination direction of the composite sheet was allowed to stand at 40 ° C for 3 days, and the peeling film closest to the coating of the outermost layer in the laminating direction was peeled at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. The peeling force at this time was measured by peeling off from the adjacent coating under the condition of 180°. 如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中 前述支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成;前述保護膜形成用複合片由前述塗層、基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜依序積層而成。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive. The composite sheet for forming a protective film is formed by sequentially laminating the coating layer, the substrate, the adhesive layer, and the film for forming a protective film. 如請求項3所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之層或非能量線硬化性之層。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 3, wherein the adhesive layer is an energy ray-curable layer or a non-energetic layer. 如請求項1至4中任一項所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之層或能量線硬化性之層。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the film for forming a protective film is a layer of thermosetting or an energy ray-curable layer.
TW105140850A 2016-03-04 2016-12-09 Composite sheet for forming protective film TWI783920B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-042689 2016-03-04
JP2016042689 2016-03-04

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201732002A true TW201732002A (en) 2017-09-16
TWI783920B TWI783920B (en) 2022-11-21

Family

ID=59743746

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105140850A TWI783920B (en) 2016-03-04 2016-12-09 Composite sheet for forming protective film

Country Status (6)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6805230B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102574633B1 (en)
CN (1) CN108701597B (en)
SG (1) SG11201805895XA (en)
TW (1) TWI783920B (en)
WO (1) WO2017149890A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7641708B2 (en) * 2020-03-09 2025-03-07 帝人株式会社 Composite having a supporting substrate and a polymer member and also having inorganic particles, method for producing the same, and polymer particles suitable for the method

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5432853U (en) 1977-08-09 1979-03-03
JP2000246834A (en) * 1999-03-01 2000-09-12 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Manufacturing method of metal decoration
JP4403480B2 (en) * 2000-06-05 2010-01-27 東洋紡績株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and peeling polyester film and separator used therefor
JP4444632B2 (en) * 2003-11-11 2010-03-31 リンテック株式会社 Optical film
JP5080831B2 (en) 2007-03-14 2012-11-21 電気化学工業株式会社 Electronic component fixing adhesive sheet and method of manufacturing electronic component using the same
JP2010185038A (en) * 2009-02-13 2010-08-26 Mitsubishi Plastics Inc Adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet wound body
JP5932276B2 (en) * 2011-09-29 2016-06-08 株式会社東芝 Manufacturing method of personal authentication media
JP5758764B2 (en) * 2011-09-30 2015-08-05 株式会社ブリヂストン Window film and method for manufacturing the same, and window using the window film and method for manufacturing the same
JP6091954B2 (en) * 2013-03-26 2017-03-08 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet, protective film-forming film, protective film-forming composite sheet, and marking method
EP2980835B1 (en) 2013-03-27 2020-12-02 LINTEC Corporation Composite sheet for forming protective film
JP6092035B2 (en) * 2013-07-30 2017-03-08 日東電工株式会社 Surface protective film and optical member
JP6122368B2 (en) * 2013-09-24 2017-04-26 リンテック株式会社 Release sheet and adhesive sheet
JP5607847B1 (en) * 2013-11-29 2014-10-15 古河電気工業株式会社 Adhesive tape for semiconductor processing
KR102376017B1 (en) * 2014-08-22 2022-03-17 린텍 가부시키가이샤 Protective-coating-forming sheet and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip provided with protective coating

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108701597A (en) 2018-10-23
KR102574633B1 (en) 2023-09-04
TWI783920B (en) 2022-11-21
CN108701597B (en) 2023-03-31
SG11201805895XA (en) 2018-09-27
KR20180120148A (en) 2018-11-05
JP6805230B2 (en) 2020-12-23
JPWO2017149890A1 (en) 2018-12-27
WO2017149890A1 (en) 2017-09-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109789666B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TW201739078A (en) Supporting sheet and composite sheet for forming protective film
TW201742151A (en) Composite film for forming protective film, method for producing semiconductor wafer with protective film, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP7387510B2 (en) Protective film-forming film, protective film-forming composite sheet, and method for transporting workpieces with protective film-forming film
TW201811971A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor wafer with protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TWI758276B (en) Sheet for forming protective film, method for producing sheet for forming protective film and method for producing semiconductor device
JP6833804B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
TWI764885B (en) Complex sheet for forming protective film
CN112154536B (en) Film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, inspection method and identification method
TWI788543B (en) Supporting sheet and composite sheet for forming protective film
TW201732002A (en) Composite film for forming a protective film
TW201741420A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TW202038319A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor chip
TW201806978A (en) Film for forming a protective film and composite sheet for forming a protective film